{"title":"N","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"new-jersey-nascla-contractors-guide-to-business-law-and-project-management-n","title":"New Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NJ 2nd Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNEW JERSEY NASCLA CONTRACTORS GUIDE TO BUSINESS, LAW AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT, NJ 2ND EDITION\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe \u003ci\u003eNew Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, 2nd Edition\u003c\/i\u003e, published under the authority of the New Jersey Division of Consumer Affairs and prepared by NASCLA, provides essential reference material for candidates seeking a New Jersey general contractor license. This guide aligns with the NASCLA Accredited Examination program and covers core topics such as contractor business organization, licensing laws, lien laws, insurance, tax requirements, project management, safety regulations, and labor laws applicable to New Jersey contractors. Used in conjunction with the official NASCLA Business and Law Exam, this manual is an approved reference source for One Exam Prep’s contractor license exam preparation courses, helping applicants meet state construction licensing standards through structured review of key administrative and financial principles for residential and commercial contracting in New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, New Jersey 2nd Edition is organized into three sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart 1 focuses on planning and starting your business. This section will help you formulate a business plan, choose a business structure, understand licensing and insurance requirements and gain basic management and marketing skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart 2 covers fundamentals you will need to know in order to operate a successful construction business. This section covers estimating, contract management, scheduling, project management, safety and environmental responsibilities, and building good relationships with employees, subcontractors, and customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart 3 provides valuable information to assist you in running the administrative functions of your business. Financial management, tax basics, and lien laws are covered. Effective management of these areas of business is vital and can cause you serious problems if you do not give them proper attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll products and company names are trademarksTM\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor registered ® trademarks and\/or copyrights of their respective holders.  Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by the respective holders.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NASCLA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3248881958938,"sku":"9781948558242","price":124.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/NJNASCLA.png?v=1759336540"},{"product_id":"nfpa-70-2017-national-electrical-code-softbound-article-680-swimming-pools-fountains-similar-installations-2017","title":"NFPA 70 - 2017 National Electrical Code, Softbound, Article 680, Swimming Pools, Fountains \u0026 Similar Installations, 2017","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 70 - 2017 National Electrical Code, Softbound, Article 680, Swimming Pools, Fountains \u0026amp; Similar Installations, 2017\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe \u003cb\u003eNFPA 70 - 2017 National Electrical Code (NEC)\u003c\/b\u003e, published by the \u003cb\u003eNational Fire Protection Association\u003c\/b\u003e, establishes standardized safety provisions for electrical installations in and around aquatic environments. This softbound 2017 edition focuses on \u003cb\u003eArticle 680\u003c\/b\u003e, which governs wiring methods, bonding, and grounding requirements for swimming pools, fountains, and similar installations to reduce electrical shock hazards. As a primary reference for \u003cb\u003eelectrical contractor licensing exams\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003econtinuing education programs\u003c\/b\u003e at \u003cb\u003e1 Exam Prep\u003c\/b\u003e, it aligns with state-level electrical code adoption and supports exam preparation for licensing authorities such as the \u003cb\u003eCILB\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003eDBPR\u003c\/b\u003e in Florida. This edition remains a foundational text for contractors studying for trade and technical certification related to \u003cb\u003eelectrical safety, code compliance, and installation standards\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNFPA 70 - 2017 National Electrical Code, Softbound, Article 680, Swimming Pools, Fountains \u0026amp; Similar Installations, 2017\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"text\/javascript\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.inspectlet.com\/inspectifr\/1199436174.js\"\u003e\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32229026381,"sku":"9781455906727","price":20.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/1examprep-default-book_b13db1cc-5cd8-4991-a44a-bdc51a9ab03c.jpg?v=1517431832"},{"product_id":"nfpa-70-national-electrical-code-nec-2011-edition-spiralbound-sof","title":"NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC), 2011 Edition; Spiralbound\/Softcover","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC), 2011 Edition; Spiralbound\/Softcover\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC), 2011 Edition, published by the National Fire Protection Association, provides the foundational standards for safe electrical design, installation, and inspection to protect people and property from electrical hazards. This edition is an essential reference for contractors, electricians, and engineers preparing for state electrical licensing exams and contractor certification courses offered through 1 Exam Prep. Covering topics such as wiring methods, grounding, overcurrent protection, and electrical equipment installation, this codebook is aligned with requirements recognized by the Construction Industry Licensing Board (CILB) and the Florida Department of Business and Professional Regulation (DBPR). Used in conjunction with state electrical contractor exam prep programs, it supports mastery of both theory and field applications required for electrical licensure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSafe, efficient, code-compliant electrical installations are made simple with the latest publication of this widely popular resource. Like its highly successful previous editions, the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNational Electrical Code 2011\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e softcover version combines solid, thorough, research-based content with the tools you need to build an in-depth understanding of the most important topics. New to the 2011 edition are articles including first-time Article 399 on Outdoor, Overhead Conductors with over 600 volts, first-time Article 694 on Small Wind Electric Systems, first-time Article 840 on Premises Powered Broadband Communications Systems, and more. The National Electrical Code is adopted in all 50 states, and is an essential reference for those in or entering careers in electrical design, installation, inspection, and safety.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e9780877659143\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e9781111542306\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32229278989,"sku":"32229278989","price":157.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/41lzQu9ceFL._SX367_BO1_204_203_200_be32d84d-c9f8-4285-9d37-80e34cdec80e.jpg?v=1524226902"},{"product_id":"neon-techniques-formerly-neon-techniques-and-handling-4th-edition","title":"Neon Techniques (formerly Neon Techniques and Handling); 4th Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNEON TECHNIQUES (FORMERLY NEON TECHNIQUES AND HANDLING); 4TH EDITION\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe book \u003ci\u003eNeon Techniques, 4th Edition\u003c\/i\u003e, published under the authority of the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES), is a comprehensive reference used by 1 Exam Prep for electrical and signage contractor license exam preparation. This edition details the scientific principles and practical methods for bending, processing, and installing neon tubing safely, in alignment with national electrical standards such as the NEC and UL guidelines. It supports exam candidates and professionals seeking certification in electrical signage installation, lighting maintenance, and related state contractor licensing exams. The manual covers gas types, transformer selection, glass processing, electrode techniques, and sign circuit design, forming an essential part of the study material for neon and electrical specialty contractor credentialing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eby \u003cspan class=\"author notFaded\" data-width=\"\"\u003eSamuel Miller \u003cspan class=\"contribution\" spacing=\"none\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-color-secondary\"\u003e(Author), \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"author notFaded\" data-width=\"\"\u003eWayne Strattman\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis book has taught thousands the craft and science of making neon signs, since its first edition, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ci\u003eNeon Signs\u003c\/i\u003e\u003cspan\u003e was published in 1935. Updated in 1997 by an expert in the neon field, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ci\u003eNeon Techniques\u003c\/i\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, now in its fourth edition, covers everything you need to know to design, fabricate, troubleshoot and repair neon signs and graphics, from the basic equipment to the techniques of bending glass, to filling the tubes with various gasses, to the electric aspect, and finally to installation and maintenance. Hundreds of illustrations, photos, charts, graphs and tables provide invaluable information for anyone in the neon signmaking trade. No neon shop should be without this book.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e9780944094273\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ST Media Group International Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32409057101,"sku":"9780944094273","price":46.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/neon-techniques-and-handling_2ddb86b5-4292-4159-a7d1-2e890ddacbed.jpg?v=1517431653"},{"product_id":"virginia-state-concrete-contracting-course","title":"New Virginia Concrete Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNew Virginia Concrete Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the Virginia Concrete Contracting examination with an online exam prep course focused on the technical knowledge, reference-book navigation, and test-taking skills needed for the Concrete Contracting specialty. This Virginia Concrete Contractor exam prep course is designed for candidates working toward the Concrete Contracting specialty, commonly identified by the abbreviation CEM, through the Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation Board for Contractors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Concrete Contracting specialty covers work associated with processing, proportioning, batching, mixing, conveying, and placing concrete using materials common to the concrete industry. The scope also includes concrete finishing, coloring, curing, repairing, testing, sawing, grinding, grouting, film barriers, sealing, waterproofing, construction and assembly of forms and molds, and the use of reinforcing steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the Virginia Concrete Contracting exam is open book, preparation requires more than memorizing construction facts. Candidates also need to understand where important information is located within the approved references and how to move efficiently between concrete standards, building-code requirements, OSHA regulations, excavation information, reinforcing-steel guidance, and formwork material. The goal of this course is to help organize those areas into a practical study process that supports both trade knowledge and reference navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination covers estimating, layout and excavation, formwork, reinforcing steel, general concrete knowledge, and safety. These subjects reflect the everyday technical knowledge associated with concrete construction and require candidates to work comfortably with calculations, field practices, construction terminology, concrete materials, reinforcing methods, formwork principles, excavation procedures, and jobsite safety requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn organized Virginia Concrete Contractor exam prep program can help you spend less study time searching randomly through large reference books and more time learning how the major exam topics connect. By becoming familiar with the books before test day, you can build a repeatable method for identifying keywords, locating relevant chapters and tables, and confirming answers efficiently during an open-book examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Concrete Contracting examination is administered through PSI as part of Virginia's contractor specialty examination program. Candidates must receive the required eligibility approval before scheduling the specialty examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Virginia Concrete Contracting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecialty Abbreviation:\u003c\/strong\u003e CEM\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesting Provider:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTime Allowed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Passing Score:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70%, or 35 correct answers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam Format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Computer-administered examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open book\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe published examination content areas include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 items\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayout and Excavation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 items\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 items\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforcing Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 items\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Concrete:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 items\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral Concrete represents the largest portion of the examination, but successful preparation should account for every content area. Layout, excavation, reinforcing steel, formwork, estimating, and safety collectively make up a substantial part of the test and should be included in a complete study plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Concrete Contracting examination is an open-book test. Candidates are responsible for bringing permitted reference materials because reference books are not supplied at the testing location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOpen book does not mean that every answer can be found quickly without preparation. The examination has 50 questions and a 120-minute time limit, giving candidates an average of approximately 2.4 minutes per question. Familiarity with the organization of the reference books can therefore be an important part of exam preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePSI permits reference books to be highlighted, underlined, and indexed before the examination, but the references must otherwise remain unmarked. Study guides are not permitted as exam-room references. Loose papers and unbound reference material are not permitted. References may be organized using permanent tabs, while removable tabs such as temporary flags are not allowed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore test day, spend time learning each book's table of contents, index, major chapters, common tables, definitions, and frequently referenced sections. When practicing questions, identify the wording that points toward a particular reference. For example, a question involving trench conditions may direct you toward excavation or OSHA material, while a question involving reinforcing-bar placement may require a reinforcing-steel reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVirginia contractor licensing is administered by the Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation through the Board for Contractors. The Concrete Contracting specialty is one component of the contractor licensing process, and candidates should follow the requirements that apply to their intended license class and business structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetermine the appropriate Virginia contractor license class and specialty.\u003c\/strong\u003e Applicants seeking to perform concrete contracting work should identify Concrete Contracting as the applicable specialty when appropriate for their business activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete required pre-license education.\u003c\/strong\u003e Virginia requires eight hours of pre-license education for new contractor licenses. The course covers contractor business and regulatory requirements and is separate from trade-specific examination preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the required Qualified Individual.\u003c\/strong\u003e Virginia contractor licenses must identify a Qualified Individual for each specialty listed on the license. The individual associated with the Concrete Contracting specialty must satisfy the applicable Board requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObtain examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Board reviews eligibility requirements before a candidate takes the contractor specialty examination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule and take the applicable examination through PSI.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once eligible, the candidate can schedule the Virginia Concrete Contracting examination through PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the contractor license application process.\u003c\/strong\u003e After satisfying the applicable examination and licensing requirements, submit the required contractor application materials to the Virginia Board for Contractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the license class being pursued, additional business examination requirements may apply. Candidates should prepare for the examinations and licensing requirements associated with their specific Virginia contractor license application, not only the Concrete Contracting specialty examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Board for Contractors regulates contractor licensing in the Commonwealth. Every licensed contractor must identify a Qualified Individual for each specialty on the license. Concrete Contracting is one of the specialties for which qualified individuals may be required to complete a Board-approved specialty examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVirginia also requires eight hours of pre-license education for new contractor licenses. For Class A and Class B applicants, the education must be completed by a member of responsible management or the designated employee. For Class C applicants, a member of responsible management must complete the pre-license education. This pre-license education requirement is separate from a trade exam prep course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates preparing for the Concrete Contracting exam should make sure their licensing application, Qualified Individual designation, education requirements, and required examinations are coordinated with the license class they intend to obtain. Passing a specialty examination is one part of the overall contractor licensing process and does not by itself issue a Virginia contractor license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Concrete Contractor exam prep course is organized around the technical references associated with the Concrete Contracting examination. Studying directly from the reference materials helps candidates learn both the subject matter and the location of information they may need during the open-book test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCovers federal construction safety requirements relevant to topics such as excavation, fall protection, personal protective equipment, material handling, concrete and masonry construction, equipment, and general jobsite safety.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternational Building Code, 2021\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides building-code provisions that affect structural construction, concrete work, foundations, materials, inspections, and related construction requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI 318-14: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eContains widely used structural concrete requirements covering materials, design provisions, reinforcement, development and splicing, durability, construction requirements, and structural concrete practices.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign and Control of Concrete Mixtures, 17th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides detailed information about concrete materials, mixture proportioning, properties of fresh and hardened concrete, durability, placement considerations, testing concepts, and methods used to control concrete quality.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCovers excavation-related construction knowledge, including earthwork practices, trenching, equipment, site conditions, layout considerations, and work associated with underground construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSP-4 Formwork for Concrete, 2014, 8th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides detailed information on concrete formwork, including form materials, design considerations, wall and slab forms, shoring and bracing, construction loads, form pressures, safety considerations, and practical formwork methods.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacing Reinforcing Bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFocuses on reinforcing-steel practices such as bar identification, placement, supports, ties, splices, detailing concepts, tolerances, and field procedures used when placing reinforcement in concrete construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA strong study strategy should combine trade knowledge with repeated reference-book practice. Start by separating the examination into its six published content areas: estimating, layout and excavation, formwork, reinforcing steel, general concrete, and safety. This makes a large collection of technical information easier to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor estimating questions, review basic quantity calculations and the process of interpreting dimensions and project information. For layout and excavation, study jobsite layout concepts, excavation practices, trench considerations, and related safety requirements. Formwork preparation should include form materials, pressures, supports, shoring, bracing, loads, and removal considerations. Reinforcing-steel study should focus on bar placement, supports, splices, identification, and common field practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral Concrete deserves substantial attention because it accounts for 16 of the 50 scored questions. Review concrete ingredients, water-cement relationships, batching, mixing, transporting, placing, consolidating, finishing, curing, testing, strength, durability, and common construction practices. Safety preparation should include the OSHA requirements relevant to concrete operations, excavation, equipment, fall hazards, protective systems, and general construction-site conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePractice questions are most useful when they are treated as reference-navigation exercises rather than simple memory quizzes. When you answer a practice question, identify which book contains the supporting information and practice finding the relevant section. Repeating this process develops familiarity with the vocabulary used in both examination questions and the reference indexes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDuring the actual examination, consider answering familiar trade-knowledge questions first and marking more time-consuming reference questions for review. Avoid spending too much of the examination searching for a single answer. With a 120-minute limit, effective time management and fast book navigation can be just as important as knowing the technical material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps Virginia Concrete Contractor candidates organize their study process around the subjects and references connected to the CEM examination. Rather than approaching seven technical books as unrelated resources, the preparation structure helps connect concrete construction topics with the references where those subjects are addressed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTrade-focused review helps reinforce major knowledge areas such as concrete materials and placement, formwork, reinforcing steel, excavation, estimating, and safety. Practice-oriented preparation gives candidates opportunities to work through exam-style concepts while becoming more comfortable identifying the terminology that can lead to the correct chapter, section, table, or standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReference navigation is especially important for an open-book contractor exam. 1 Exam Prep emphasizes building familiarity with the books before test day so candidates can develop an efficient system for locating information instead of relying on last-minute searching. Learning how the references are organized can make study sessions more productive and help candidates approach the examination with a clearer plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe course also provides a structured way to prepare instead of moving randomly between books and topics. A consistent study routine that combines technical review, practice questions, and reference navigation can help candidates identify weaker areas, reinforce important concepts, and build confidence as the examination date approaches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFAQ Section\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the Virginia Concrete Contracting exam open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Virginia Concrete Contracting examination is open book. Candidates must bring their permitted reference materials because the books are not supplied at the testing location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow many questions are on the Virginia Concrete Contractor exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Concrete Contracting examination contains 50 questions. A minimum score of 70%, equal to 35 correct answers, is required to pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much time is allowed for the Virginia Concrete Contracting exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates are allowed 120 minutes to complete the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat subjects are covered on the Virginia Concrete Contracting exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe published content outline includes estimating, layout and excavation, formwork, reinforcing steel, general concrete, and safety. General Concrete is the largest content category with 16 questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWho administers the Virginia Concrete Contractor examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSI administers the Virginia contractor specialty examination program for the Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eCan I write notes inside my reference books for the exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. PSI permits approved references to be highlighted, underlined, and indexed before the examination, but the books must otherwise remain unmarked. Candidates may not write in their reference materials during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eCan I use tabs in my books during the Virginia Concrete Contractor exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePermanent tabs are permitted. Removable or temporary tabs, including temporary flags, are not permitted. Organizing references with permanent tabs before the exam can make important sections easier to locate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes this exam prep course replace Virginia's required pre-license education?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Virginia's eight-hour pre-license education requirement is separate from preparation for the Concrete Contracting specialty examination. Candidates pursuing a new contractor license must satisfy the applicable state licensing requirements in addition to preparing for the trade exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhy should I practice using the reference books if the test is open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book exams still require efficient time management. With 50 questions and 120 minutes available, knowing where information is located can reduce unnecessary searching. Practice with the actual references helps build familiarity with indexes, chapter organization, tables, terminology, and major technical sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat should I focus on when studying for the Virginia Concrete Contractor exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudy all six published content areas, with particular attention to general concrete, layout and excavation, reinforcing steel, formwork, safety, and estimating. Combine technical review with practice locating information in the reference books so you are preparing for both the knowledge and navigation demands of the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":32413397389,"sku":"630640-A","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$300]","offer_id":45866383474745,"sku":null,"price":595.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/1EXAM_PRODUCTS-56-VA-CONCRETE-COURSE.png?v=1742494745"},{"product_id":"nascla-accredited-examination-national-commercial-general-building","title":"NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNASCLA COMMERCIAL GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR - ONLINE EXAM PREP COURSE\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe NASCLA Accredited Examination for Commercial General Building Contractors, recognized by the National Association of State Contractors Licensing Agencies (NASCLA), is accepted across multiple states including Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, North Carolina, and Virginia. The 1 Exam Prep NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Online Exam Prep Course provides structured study materials and reference alignment with the official NASCLA Contractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management. This comprehensive prep course covers commercial building construction principles, business and finance requirements, and trade knowledge areas critical for passing the national exam. Designed for applicants seeking licensure reciprocity, the program emphasizes construction management, contract administration, estimating, and code compliance standards aligned with CILB and state licensing boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/XQFazYcdRvo\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Commercial General Building Contractor (NASCLA) Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for success with 1 Exam Prep’s online course, specifically designed to help you pass the \u003cstrong\u003eNASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor\u003c\/strong\u003e open-book examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Learning Options to Fit Your Needs:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose between a self-paced online study course or instructor-led virtual classes to match your learning style and schedule. Select your course from the drop down menu above. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🖥️ Online Self-Study Exam Prep\u003c\/strong\u003e: Get 1-year access to a self-paced, online course packed with essential resources to help you prepare ($395).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🧑💻 Online Self-Study + Instructor-Led Virtual Classes\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combine 1-year access to the self-study course with weekly live virtual classes led by industry experts for an interactive learning experience. \u003cstrong\u003eVirtual classes are recorded and available for on-demand viewing\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you can review anytime at your convenience ($695).  See \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/1examprep.com\/pages\/florida-contractors-school\" style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eClass Schedule\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCourse Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e✔ Highlighting \u0026amp; Tabbing Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e: Learn exactly where to highlight and tab your books for quick and easy reference during the exam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e ✔ Practice Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e: Hundreds of practice questions\u003cspan\u003e in \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"il\"\u003eprintable PDF format to \u003c\/span\u003ehelp you master each reference book.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e✔ Simulated Final Exam\u003c\/strong\u003e: Test your readiness with a timed, computer-based final practice exam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e✔ Proven Test-Taking Techniques\u003c\/strong\u003e: Gain indispensable strategies designed for open-book exams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e✔ 1-Year Online Access\u003c\/strong\u003e: Compatible with \u003cspan class=\"il\"\u003eAndroid and iOS, allowing you to study at your convenience—anytime, anywhere.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\u003c!--\n.GFG { \n            background-color: steelblue; \n            border: 2px dark grey; \n            color: white; \n            padding: 10px 20px; \n            text-align: center; \n            display: inline-block; \n            font-size: 18px; \n            margin: 30px 10px; \n            cursor: pointer; \n        }\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003cbutton class=\"GFG\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFREE SAMPLE QUESTIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/button\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExam Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe NASCLA Examination for Commercial General Building Contractors is used by State Licensing Agencies to test commercial general building contractor candidates who are applying for a contractor’s license. The exam is designed to reduce redundant licensing requirements and assist contractors who need to be licensed in multiple jurisdictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest with Confidence!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe exam is OPEN BOOK (books sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe exam is 5-1\/2 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe exam has 115 questions, with a minimum passing score of 81\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you pass the NASCLA Examination for Commercial Building Contractors, your name will be entered into the NASCLA National Examination Database (NED) and you may use this information in other states that accept the NASCLA Examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContractors who take the examination can access NASCLA’s examination database and request that their results be sent to other jurisdictions that accept the examination, thereby reducing redundant licensing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eState Contractor Licensing Agencies currently Administering the NASCLA Exam include;\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlabama, Georgia, Mississippi, South Carolina and US Virgin Islands\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eState Contractor Licensing Agencies currently Accepting the NASCLA Exam include;\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Nevada, North Carolina, Oregon, South Carolina, Tennessee, Utah, Virginia, West Virginia and US Virgin Islands \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome states do require contractors to pass a separate “Business and Law Exam”. This exam is open book and requires the State specific NASCLA Business, Law and Project Management book. This book would be required in addition to the Basic NASCLA Business, Law and Project Management book required for the NASCLA Exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll products and company names are trademarksTM\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor registered ® trademarks and\/or copyrights of their respective holders.  Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by the respective holders.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self-Study Exam Prep","offer_id":44193376010297,"sku":"491526-A","price":395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Add Instructor-Led Virtual Classes [+$300]","offer_id":44193376043065,"sku":"20101244-A","price":695.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/1EXAM_PREP_THUMBNAILS-_NEW_LIVE_COURSES_PRIORITY_2-1-NASCLA-COMMERCIAL-GENERAL-COURSE.png?v=1737596792"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-water-and-sewer-lines-course","title":"North Carolina Water and Sewer Lines Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNorth Carolina Water and Sewer Lines Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the North Carolina Water Lines and Sewer Lines Contractor examination with a structured online course built around the trade knowledge, safety requirements, installation practices, and contractor responsibilities covered by the exam. This course includes \u003cstrong\u003e6 months of course access\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you time to study at a steady pace, revisit difficult subjects, and practice working with the reference materials connected to the North Carolina classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater and sewer line contracting requires knowledge across several technical and regulatory areas. Candidates must understand ductile iron pipe installation, concrete pipe installation, trench and excavation safety, grading, bedding, joining, backfilling, compaction, erosion control, utility-location procedures, liens, contractor law, and North Carolina licensing responsibilities. The course organizes these subjects into a practical preparation structure that helps you move through the exam outline without treating every topic as an isolated lesson.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Water and Sewer Lines Contractor Online Exam Prep Course is designed for candidates preparing to serve as the qualifier for a contractor license, experienced utility professionals reviewing for the examination, and applicants who need a focused way to organize a large reference list. The course supports trade-focused review while helping you understand which books address the major examination subjects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause this is an open-book examination, preparation involves more than memorizing definitions and installation steps. You must recognize the subject of a question, select the correct reference, locate the applicable section, and interpret the information within the testing time. Reference navigation, technical understanding, and repeated practice work together to create a stronger exam-preparation strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed books are used to support course study and examination preparation. Unless a separate package specifically states that books are included, the reference books are purchased separately from the online course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border: 3px solid #d32f2f; padding: 20px; margin: 25px 0; background-color: #fff7f7;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Course Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 months of course access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade-Focused Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organized study covering safety, ductile iron pipe, concrete pipe, excavation, grading, erosion control, business, law, and contractor responsibilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference Navigation Guidance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preparation focused on understanding which reference applies to each major examination subject.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice-Oriented Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Study structure designed to reinforce terminology, installation concepts, regulatory knowledge, and question-solving skills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Study Format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Review the course during the six-month access period according to your work schedule and exam timeline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Water Lines and Sewer Lines examination is associated with the PU (Water Lines and Sewer Lines) contractor classification. Examination eligibility is determined by the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors, and PSI administers the examination after the candidate receives approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamination:\u003c\/strong\u003e North Carolina PU (Water Lines and Sewer Lines)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesting provider:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTime allowed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequired passing score:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Computer-administered, open-book examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe official content outline assigns six questions to safety and three questions to general knowledge. Underground utility concrete pipe installation accounts for 10 questions, while underground utility ductile pipe installation accounts for another 10 questions. Excavating and grading accounts for nine questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe remaining examination subjects include liens, erosion and sedimentation control, One-Call requirements, and laws and regulations. These categories contain fewer questions, but they remain important because every correct response contributes to the required passing score.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete pipe and ductile iron pipe installation together represent a substantial portion of the examination. Candidates should understand material handling, trench preparation, foundations, bedding, placement, joining, fittings, alignment, support, backfill, compaction, testing, and inspection. Safety and excavation knowledge should be studied alongside the installation subjects because field conditions affect every stage of underground utility work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Water Lines and Sewer Lines Contractor examination is an open-book test. Candidates are responsible for bringing their own approved references to the testing center. The examination provider does not supply a personal reference set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book testing rewards familiarity and organization. With 45 questions and 120 minutes, candidates have an average of approximately two minutes and forty seconds per question. That time must cover reading the question, recognizing the subject, selecting the correct publication, locating the information, and choosing an answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course supports a reference-based preparation method. Safety questions should direct your attention toward the construction safety standards. Ductile iron pipe questions should lead to the installation guide. Concrete pipe questions should lead to the concrete pipe and box culvert reference. Questions involving excavation notification, sedimentation control, contractor law, liens, and licensing require preparation with the corresponding study materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent PSI instructions permit approved references to be highlighted, underlined, and indexed before the exam. Permanent tabs may be used, but removable flags are not permitted. Notes may not be written on tabs, and references may not contain handwritten notes, loose papers, or unauthorized attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current PSI bulletin identifies the 2007 edition of \u003cem\u003eConcrete Pipe \u0026amp; Box Culvert Installation\u003c\/em\u003e as the listed exam-room reference. The course reference list includes \u003cem\u003eConcrete Pipe and Box Culvert Installation, 2019\u003c\/em\u003e for study. Candidates taking a specified edition into the testing center must follow the edition listed in their current PSI examination bulletin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReview the classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm that PU (Water Lines and Sewer Lines) corresponds with the work the applicant or business plans to perform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the license application.\u003c\/strong\u003e Submit the required application to the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeet the applicant requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Applicants must satisfy the Board’s age, character, financial responsibility, application, and background-review requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the qualifier.\u003c\/strong\u003e The applicant must designate the individual who will satisfy the examination requirement for the classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the license limitation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the limitation that matches the size of projects the business intends to undertake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the application is approved for testing, the candidate receives an eligibility letter and scheduling instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegister with PSI.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the information issued through the eligibility process to schedule the examination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare for the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the online course, content outline, and applicable references to review every tested subject.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTake the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bring the required identification and only the references and materials permitted under the current testing rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the licensing process.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow the Board’s instructions concerning examination results and remaining application requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePassing the examination is one part of the licensing process. It does not automatically issue a North Carolina contractor license. The Board must approve the applicant and confirm that all applicable licensing requirements have been completed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors regulates the PU (Water Lines and Sewer Lines) classification. The classification covers construction work on water and sewer mains, water service lines, and house and building sewer lines as defined by the North Carolina State Building Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scope also includes water storage tanks, lift stations, pumping stations, and appurtenances connected with those facilities. Pavement patching, backfill, and erosion-control work performed as part of qualifying water and sewer construction are included within the classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplicants must identify a qualifier who has satisfied the applicable examination requirement. The contractor license belongs to the approved individual or legal entity, while the qualifier provides the examination qualification connected to the classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNorth Carolina contractor licenses are issued with limitations that affect the value of projects the licensee may undertake. Applicants must meet the financial responsibility requirements associated with the requested limitation and provide the business and organizational information required by the Board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnderground utility contractors must also understand excavation notification, trench safety, erosion and sedimentation control, site restoration, utility conflicts, and coordination with other trades. The examination reflects both technical construction knowledge and the responsibilities of operating as a contractor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course supports preparation with the following examination and study references:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCovers construction safety requirements relevant to underground utility work, including trenching, excavation, protective systems, inspections, access, spoil placement, hazardous atmospheres, equipment hazards, and worker protection.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Guide for Ductile Iron Pipe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAddresses receiving, handling, storing, laying, joining, cutting, tapping, restraining, testing, and backfilling ductile iron pipe. It also supports review of fittings, gaskets, joint assembly, deflection, alignment, and polyethylene encasement.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcrete Pipe and Box Culvert Installation, 2019\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupports study of concrete pipe and box culvert handling, foundations, bedding, placement, line and grade, joint assembly, haunch support, backfill, compaction, inspection, and installation quality.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Excavation Safety Guidelines, 2022 or Later\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplains excavation-notification responsibilities, utility-locate requests, proposed excavation markings, tolerance zones, damaged facilities, safe-digging practices, and coordination with underground facility operators.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code, Title 15A, Chapter 4 Sedimentation Control, Including the Latest Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAddresses administrative requirements for land-disturbing activities, erosion-control plans, runoff management, stabilization, inspections, enforcement, and sedimentation-control responsibilities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina General Statutes Chapter 113A, Article 4 Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides the statutory framework for sedimentation-pollution control, including regulatory authority, required plans, prohibited conduct, enforcement, and responsibilities associated with land-disturbing construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management - North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCovers contractor business organization, contracts, estimating, project management, financial management, risk, insurance, employment practices, safety administration, liens, and North Carolina contractor responsibilities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides practical study material involving underground pipe construction, trenching, excavation, equipment, estimating, productivity, dewatering, bedding, pipe placement, backfill, compaction, and project planning.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupports study of contractor licensing statutes and rules, classifications, limitations, qualifiers, applications, prohibited conduct, regulatory authority, and contractor obligations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reference books are not identified as included with the online course. They may be purchased separately or obtained through an applicable book package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Room Approved Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current PSI bulletin identifies the following references for use in the North Carolina Water Lines and Sewer Lines examination room:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDIPRA Installation Guide for Ductile Iron Pipe, 2007, Revised 2012\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConcrete Pipe \u0026amp; Box Culvert Installation, 2007 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe excavation guidelines, sedimentation-control materials, contractor business guide, pipe-contracting book, and North Carolina laws and regulations publication are study references that are not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should prepare with the edition required by their current examination bulletin and inspect all permitted references before the testing appointment. Exam-room books must comply with PSI rules concerning binding, highlighting, permanent tabs, notes, and added materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin your study plan with ductile iron pipe and concrete pipe installation. Together, these subjects account for 20 of the 45 examination questions. Review how each material is handled, installed, joined, supported, tested, and protected. Learn the differences between rigid and flexible pipe installation concepts and how trench conditions affect system performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ductile iron pipe, focus on unloading, storage, trench preparation, pipe laying, cleaning, lubrication, gasket placement, push-on joints, mechanical joints, fittings, cutting, tapping, restraint, allowable deflection, testing, polyethylene encasement, and backfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor concrete pipe, review foundations, bedding, line and grade, lifting, placement, joint preparation, haunch support, backfill zones, compaction, inspection, and repair considerations. Understand how bedding and surrounding soil support contribute to the performance of an installed concrete pipe system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety preparation should cover trench protective systems, inspections, access and egress, spoil placement, water accumulation, hazardous atmospheres, suspended loads, mobile equipment, underground installations, and personal protective equipment. Study the conditions that require protective action rather than memorizing safety terms without context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcavating and grading is another major examination category. Review trench preparation, soil removal, dewatering, equipment selection, bedding elevation, line and grade, utility conflicts, backfill placement, compaction, surface restoration, and safe access to the work area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the additional references to study One-Call requirements, erosion and sedimentation control, liens, licensing, and contractor law. Because these materials are not available in the exam room, the related concepts should be understood before the testing appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps North Carolina Water and Sewer Lines Contractor candidates turn a broad technical and regulatory outline into an organized study plan. The online course supports focused review across pipe installation, safety, excavation, grading, erosion control, business practices, and contractor law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix months of course access gives you time to build a consistent study routine instead of trying to cover every subject immediately before the test. You can revisit difficult installation concepts, reinforce terminology, review contractor responsibilities, and continue practicing with the references throughout the access period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course emphasizes reference navigation where applicable. Candidates are encouraged to connect each examination subject with the correct book, become familiar with indexes and chapter structures, and practice locating technical information under timed conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented preparation also helps identify weak areas. A candidate who understands ductile iron pipe but struggles with sedimentation control can devote additional review to environmental requirements. A candidate familiar with excavation may need more practice with concrete pipe bedding, joints, or haunch support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep provides a realistic study structure without promising a particular examination or licensing result. Consistent review, hands-on industry experience, reference familiarity, and careful exam-day performance all contribute to a candidate’s preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow long do I have access to the course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Water and Sewer Lines Contractor Online Exam Prep Course includes 6 months of course access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the examination open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The North Carolina Water Lines and Sewer Lines examination is open book, but only references approved under the current PSI rules may be used in the testing center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre the books included with the online course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed books are study and exam references. They are not identified as included with the online course and may be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow many questions are on the examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination contains 45 questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much time is allowed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates are allowed 120 minutes to complete the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat score is required to pass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe required passing score is 70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat subjects have the most questions?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete pipe installation and ductile pipe installation each account for 10 questions. Excavating and grading accounts for nine questions, while safety accounts for six questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course cover business and licensing subjects?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The preparation structure includes contractor business practices, laws, liens, licensing responsibilities, One-Call requirements, and erosion and sedimentation control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes completing the course qualify me to take the examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Examination eligibility is determined by the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors through its application process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes passing the exam automatically issue a contractor license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Passing the examination is one part of the process. The Board must approve the applicant and confirm completion of all applicable licensing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course guarantee that I will pass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The course provides organized study guidance, trade review, reference-navigation support, and practice-oriented preparation. Examination results depend on the candidate’s knowledge, preparation, experience, and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":32472766413,"sku":"2921651-A","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$200]","offer_id":45867572199481,"sku":null,"price":495.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2026_NEW_PRODUCTS-74-NC-WATER-LINES-COURSE.jpg?v=1772577350"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-business-management-and-law-course","title":"North Carolina PSI Business Management and Law - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNORTH CAROLINA PSI BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND LAW - ONLINE EXAM PREP COURSE\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe North Carolina PSI Business Management and Law Online Exam Prep Course, offered by 1 Exam Prep, is designed to prepare candidates for the PSI-administered Business and Law portion of North Carolina contractor licensing exams. This course aligns with the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors (NCLBGC) requirements and focuses on key topics including lien laws, tax laws, payroll, risk management, and business organization. It follows PSI’s official exam outline and references the “North Carolina NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management.” The online format allows for flexible learning and includes practice questions modeled after PSI’s testing format, ensuring students gain familiarity with question structure and time management for the state contractor licensing exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560px\" height=\"215px\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mWrkF96emcU?controls=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGet one \u003cnobr\u003estep\u003c\/nobr\u003e closer to becoming a North Carolina Contractor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewith a prep course designed by 1ExamPrep to help you conquer the required North Carolina PSI Business Management And Law\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eexamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the \u003cnobr\u003e\u003c\/nobr\u003e\u003cnobr\u003eonline\u003c\/nobr\u003e course structure to tailor your prep to your individual learning style. You’ll have a full year of \u003cnobr\u003e\u003c\/nobr\u003e\u003cnobr\u003eaccess\u003c\/nobr\u003e to the online course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaking techniques and practice exams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighlights and Tabs locations for all reference materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBook overview and instructional videos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractice Exams with 100's of test questions in a simulated format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 year of online \u003cnobr\u003eaccess\u003c\/nobr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cnobr\u003eAndroid\u003c\/nobr\u003e and iOS \u003cnobr\u003eCompatible\u003c\/nobr\u003e - \u003cnobr\u003eComplete\u003c\/nobr\u003e the course on your phone, anytime or anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32472867213,"sku":"763215-A","price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/North_Carolina_Business_Management_And_Law_Course_e320d130-bf19-4208-a7d2-be4a2c88a060.png?v=1517431006"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-masonry-course","title":"North Carolina Masonry Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNorth Carolina Masonry Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the North Carolina Masonry Construction Contractor Exam with an online exam prep course organized around the trade knowledge, code subjects, safety requirements, business concepts, and reference materials associated with the North Carolina Masonry Construction classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis course provides \u003cstrong\u003e6 months of course access\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving candidates time to build a structured study routine, review masonry subjects, practice reference navigation, and strengthen their understanding of the material before test day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBooks are not included with this online course.\u003c\/strong\u003e Candidates must purchase or obtain the required reference books separately. The course is designed to be used alongside the listed masonry, building-code, safety, administrative, business, law, and licensing references.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasonry construction involves more than placing brick and concrete masonry units. Contractors must understand materials, layout, bonds, mortar, grout, reinforcement, flashing, wall ties, anchors, control joints, expansion joints, lintels, veneers, structural walls, fire-resistant construction, scaffolding, workplace safety, permits, inspections, contracts, business management, and contractor licensing responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Masonry Contractor online exam prep course helps candidates organize these subjects into a practical study plan. Instead of moving randomly between books, students can focus on major knowledge areas and develop a better understanding of which reference applies to a particular type of question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is intended for candidates preparing for the North Carolina Masonry Construction Contractor Exam, including applicants seeking to become a qualifier for a licensed contracting business. It can also support experienced masonry professionals who understand fieldwork but need a structured review of code language, administrative requirements, business practices, and exam-style subject areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the examination is open book, candidates should prepare with the approved references they expect to use during testing. Open-book exams still require careful preparation. A candidate must recognize the subject, choose the correct book, locate the applicable section, interpret the provision, and select the best answer within the available testing period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supporting books that are not allowed inside the examination room remain important study resources. They help candidates review practical masonry methods, contractor business responsibilities, North Carolina licensing laws, regulations, and legal concepts before test day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis course does not guarantee a passing score, examination eligibility, license approval, or a specific outcome. It provides an organized preparation framework that can help candidates study more consistently, understand the reference materials, and approach the exam with greater familiarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border: 3px solid #d32f2f; padding: 20px; margin: 25px 0; background-color: #fff7f7;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Exam Prep Course:\u003c\/strong\u003e Structured preparation for the North Carolina Masonry Construction Contractor Exam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCourse Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 months of course access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade-Focused Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e Study guidance covering masonry materials, brick, concrete block, mortar, grout, reinforcement, wall systems, safety, codes, administration, business, and licensing subjects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference Navigation Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preparation designed to help candidates identify which book applies to a question and locate information more efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice-Oriented Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e A study structure focused on applying knowledge and improving familiarity with exam-related subjects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBooks are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e All required and recommended reference books must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Masonry Construction Contractor Exam evaluates knowledge associated with masonry materials, construction methods, workplace safety, building-code requirements, masonry standards, administrative procedures, and contractor responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation should include concrete masonry units, brick, mortar, grout, reinforcement, anchors, wall ties, flashing, weep systems, lintels, veneers, structural walls, movement joints, specialty masonry, tools, scaffolding, permits, inspections, business practices, laws, regulations, and licensing responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome questions may require a direct lookup in an approved reference. Other questions may depend on trade knowledge developed through experience and study. Candidates should understand masonry terminology and common construction practices well enough to recognize which reference applies before beginning a search.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions involving masonry materials, mortar, grout, reinforcement, structural walls, connections, workmanship, inspection, quality assurance, or technical specifications may require ACI 530\/530.1-13.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions involving construction types, occupancy-related provisions, fire resistance, walls, veneers, openings, structural requirements, or general building-code subjects may require the \u003cem\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety questions involving scaffolds, fall protection, tools, lifting, material handling, access, personal protective equipment, respirable silica, machinery, or employee protection may require the \u003cem\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions involving permits, inspections, approvals, certificates, enforcement, or administrative responsibilities may require the \u003cem\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBusiness, law, project management, licensing, and lien subjects should be studied before test day using the Contractor’s Guide and the North Carolina laws and regulations publication. These supporting books are part of the recommended preparation set but are not included with the course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Masonry Construction Contractor Exam is an open-book test. Candidates may bring the approved references into the examination room, subject to current testing-center rules and inspection procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exam-room references associated with this course are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eACI 530\/530.1-13: Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Companion Commentaries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese books are not included with the online course. Candidates should obtain the correct references separately and use them throughout their preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudying with the physical references can help candidates become familiar with chapter locations, indexes, tables, definitions, specifications, commentary, exceptions, and cross-references. Candidates should also review current testing rules before highlighting, underlining, indexing, or tabbing their books.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference navigation should be practiced under timed conditions. A useful approach is to read a question, identify its subject, select the appropriate book, locate the relevant section, and confirm the answer. Repeating this process can help reduce unnecessary searching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book status does not mean every answer can be found quickly. Technical provisions may contain exceptions, referenced sections, defined terms, or additional conditions. Candidates should read enough surrounding language to understand how the requirement applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following supporting books are important for preparation but are not approved for use inside the examination room:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModern Masonry – Brick, Block, Stone, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management – North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should study the material in these books before test day because they will not be available for reference during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReview the Masonry Construction classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm that the classification matches the work the applicant or business intends to perform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReview the current licensing requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Examine the application, qualifier, ownership, financial, organizational, and business requirements associated with the requested contractor license.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubmit the required application materials.\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide the licensing authority with the requested forms, supporting documentation, and applicant information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Complete the applicable approval process before attempting to schedule the contractor examination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObtain the required books.\u003c\/strong\u003e Purchase or otherwise obtain the correct exam-room and supporting study references separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the online course to organize preparation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review masonry, safety, code, administration, business, law, and licensing topics during the 6-month access period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice reference navigation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Work with the approved books and become familiar with their contents, indexes, chapters, and technical provisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule and take the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow the instructions provided through the licensing and testing process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the remaining licensing requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Passing the examination is one part of qualification. All applicable requirements must be satisfied before a contractor license is issued.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Masonry Construction specialty classification applies to qualifying masonry installation performed with or without mortar or adhesives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe classification may include brick, concrete masonry units, gypsum partition tile, pumice block, lightweight masonry products, fire-clay products, refractory construction, rough-cut stone, dressed stone, marble panels, slate units, structural glazed tile or block, glass block, and solar-screen masonry units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasonry projects may involve structural walls, nonbearing partitions, veneers, foundations, columns, pilasters, fireplaces, chimneys, retaining elements, arches, lintels, reinforcement, mortar, grout, flashing, weep systems, anchors, wall ties, and movement joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContractors may also need to comply with engineered plans, building permits, inspections, fire-resistance requirements, manufacturer instructions, quality-assurance procedures, occupational-safety standards, and local approval requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe contractor must coordinate materials and installation methods with project documents and applicable codes. Unit type, mortar, grout, reinforcement, wall configuration, flashing, anchors, and structural details may vary by project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePassing the examination does not independently authorize contracting activity. The applicant must complete the licensing process and receive the appropriate North Carolina contractor license before performing work that requires licensure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe following books are not included with the online exam prep course and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room reference addresses construction workplace safety, including scaffolds, ladders, fall protection, material handling, personal protective equipment, silica exposure, tools, machinery, lifting, access, employee training, and jobsite protection.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room code contains general technical requirements that affect masonry construction, including construction types, occupancy provisions, fire resistance, masonry walls, veneers, openings, structural requirements, and related building assemblies.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI 530\/530.1-13: Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Companion Commentaries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room masonry standard addresses masonry materials, mortar, grout, reinforcement, connections, walls, structural elements, workmanship, inspection, quality assurance, construction tolerances, specifications, and companion commentary.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room reference addresses permits, inspections, approvals, certificates, administrative responsibilities, enforcement, and procedures related to North Carolina building-code compliance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern Masonry – Brick, Block, Stone, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting trade book covers masonry tools, materials, brick, concrete block, stone, bonds, mortar, grout, reinforcement, wall systems, fireplaces, chimneys, estimating, layout, and installation practices. It is used for study but is not allowed inside the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management – North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting reference addresses business organization, contracts, estimating, project management, accounting, insurance, employment responsibilities, licensing, and liens. It is not allowed inside the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting publication addresses contractor licensing laws, rules, qualifier responsibilities, license administration, regulatory duties, and legal obligations. It must be studied before testing because it is not approved for exam-room use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Room Approved Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following four references are associated with exam-room use for the North Carolina Masonry Construction Contractor Exam:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse this reference for scaffolds, fall protection, personal protective equipment, silica exposure, lifting, material handling, tools, access, and worker-safety requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse this reference for general building-code questions involving walls, veneers, occupancy, fire resistance, construction types, openings, assemblies, and structural provisions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI 530\/530.1-13: Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Companion Commentaries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse this reference for masonry materials, mortar, grout, reinforcement, structural masonry, connections, workmanship, quality assurance, inspection, tolerances, and specifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse this reference for permits, inspections, approvals, certificates, enforcement, administrative responsibilities, and code-compliance procedures.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBooks remain subject to testing-center inspection. Candidates should ensure that each approved reference is complete, securely bound, and prepared according to the current exam rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin with concrete masonry units. Review unit types, nominal and actual dimensions, bonds, wall layouts, reinforcement, grout, openings, lintels, control joints, anchors, flashing, and tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudy brick construction separately. Review brick dimensions, coursing, wall bonds, veneers, ties, weep systems, flashing, arches, sills, movement joints, and installation practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReview mortar and grout carefully. Understand their different purposes, material selection, consistency, mixing, placement, joint tooling, grout spaces, lifts, and consolidation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudy reinforcing and connecting components, including reinforcing bars, joint reinforcement, anchors, wall ties, bond beams, lintels, and related masonry accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse ACI 530\/530.1-13 to practice locating masonry-specific technical requirements. Learn how the code, specification, and companion commentary are organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the North Carolina Building Code to review general requirements involving construction types, occupancy, fire resistance, exterior walls, interior assemblies, openings, and structural provisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReview scaffolds, fall protection, silica exposure, personal protective equipment, tools, lifting, material handling, and access through the North Carolina occupational safety reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the Administrative Code and Policies to study permits, inspections, approvals, enforcement, and administrative responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudy \u003cem\u003eModern Masonry\u003c\/em\u003e for practical trade concepts and use the Contractor’s Guide and North Carolina laws publication for business, licensing, legal, and regulatory preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDevelop a weekly study schedule during the 6-month course-access period. Alternate between trade review, code navigation, safety, administrative topics, and business or law subjects. Revisit weak areas and complete timed reference exercises regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps candidates organize preparation around the North Carolina Masonry Construction Contractor Exam and the practical responsibilities of masonry work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe online course provides a structured study framework for reviewing concrete block, brick, stone, mortar, grout, reinforcement, wall systems, safety standards, building-code requirements, administration, business, and licensing subjects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade-focused review helps connect technical information to real masonry activities. Candidates can strengthen their understanding of materials, layout, bonds, reinforcement, flashing, joints, veneers, structural masonry, and workplace safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented preparation encourages candidates to apply what they study. Students can review a question, identify the topic, choose the correct reference, locate the applicable information, and evaluate the answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference-navigation guidance helps candidates become more familiar with the North Carolina Building Code, ACI 530\/530.1-13, the Administrative Code and Policies, and the construction safety standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6-month access period gives candidates flexibility to create a consistent preparation schedule. Students can review subjects more than once, revisit difficult topics, and continue practicing with their separately purchased books.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep does not guarantee passing, examination eligibility, license approval, or a specific result. The course supports candidates through organized study guidance, trade-focused review, practice-oriented preparation, reference familiarity, and confidence-building study structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow long do I have access to the online course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course includes 6 months of course access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre the reference books included with the course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Books are not included. Candidates must purchase or obtain all required exam-room references and supporting study books separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the North Carolina Masonry Construction Contractor Exam open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The examination is open book, but only approved references may be used inside the testing room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are used inside the exam room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exam-room references are the North Carolina construction safety standards, the 2018 North Carolina Building Code, ACI 530\/530.1-13, and the 2018 North Carolina Administrative Code and Policies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are used only for study?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eModern Masonry – Brick, Block, Stone\u003c\/em\u003e, the Contractor’s Guide, and \u003cem\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/em\u003e are supporting study references that are not allowed inside the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course submit my contractor license application?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The course does not include application filing, examination registration, testing fees, license issuance, or approval services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eCan experienced masons benefit from the course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Experienced tradespeople may use the course to organize code review, improve reference navigation, and study business, law, safety, and administrative subjects that may not be part of daily fieldwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course guarantee that I will pass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The course does not guarantee a passing score or licensing approval. Exam performance depends on preparation, knowledge, reference familiarity, and individual test performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes passing the examination automatically issue a contractor license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Passing the examination is one part of the licensing process. All applicable requirements must be completed before a North Carolina contractor license is issued.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":32473008397,"sku":"723094-A","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$200]","offer_id":45867572756537,"sku":null,"price":495.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2026_NEW_PRODUCTS-50-NC-MASONRY-COURSE.jpg?v=1772577384"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-roofing-course","title":"North Carolina Roofing Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNorth Carolina Roofing Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the North Carolina Roofing Contractor examination with a structured online course designed around the trade knowledge, contractor responsibilities, and reference-navigation skills needed for this open-book licensing exam. The North Carolina Roofing Contractor Online Exam Prep Course provides six months of course access, giving you time to build a consistent study routine, review important roofing concepts, and practice locating information across the examination references.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination covers more than roofing installation alone. Candidates may encounter questions involving steep-slope and low-slope roofing systems, substrates, repairs, safety, sheet metal, flashing, building-code requirements, contractor business practices, licensing, liens, administration, and project management. This course organizes those subjects into a focused preparation experience so you can approach the material with a clear study structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book testing rewards candidates who understand both the trade and the organization of their reference materials. Simply owning the books is not enough. You must be able to identify the topic being tested, determine which publication contains the answer, locate the applicable chapter or section, and interpret the information within the examination time limit. The course supports that process through trade-focused review, reference navigation, and practice-oriented preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith six months of online access, you can study around your work schedule and return to important topics as needed. Use the course to review roofing terminology, reinforce technical knowledge, practice working with the reference books, and develop a repeatable method for answering open-book questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed reference books are central to the North Carolina Roofing examination and should be used alongside the course. They address construction safety, state building requirements, code administration, contractor business and law, steep-slope roofing, metal panel roofing, spray polyurethane foam systems, membrane roofing, estimating, and North Carolina contractor regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border: 3px solid #d32f2f; padding: 20px; margin: 25px 0; background-color: #fff7f7;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Course Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 months of course access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade-Focused Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organized preparation covering roofing systems, safety, code requirements, business practices, administration, and contractor responsibilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference Navigation Guidance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Study support for learning how the examination books are organized and where major subjects are located.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice-Oriented Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Review designed to strengthen knowledge, improve question recognition, and build familiarity with open-book testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Online Study:\u003c\/strong\u003e Access the course during the six-month period and study according to your available schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reference books listed on this page support the course and examination preparation. Unless a separate product package specifically states that books are included, reference books are not included with the online course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Roofing examination is part of the contractor licensing process administered by the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors. The Board determines whether an applicant is eligible to sit for the examination. Approved candidates receive an eligibility letter with instructions for registering and scheduling through PSI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamination:\u003c\/strong\u003e North Carolina Roofing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesting provider:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesting method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Computer-administered examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of scored questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTime allowed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassing score:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open book with approved reference materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA limited number of experimental questions may also appear during the examination. Experimental questions are not included in the candidate’s score, but they are presented as part of the testing session. Candidates should answer every question and manage their time based on the complete examination experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination outline includes safety, roofing substrates, steep-slope roofing, roofing repairs, elastomeric roofing, built-up bituminous roofing, sheet metal, flashing, business and law, licensing, liens, and general building-code requirements. Candidates should prepare across the entire outline rather than concentrating on only one type of roofing system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteep-slope roofing is a major technical area, but questions from smaller subject categories can have a meaningful effect on the final score. A balanced study plan should include roofing methods, code requirements, workplace safety, business operations, administrative responsibilities, and North Carolina licensing topics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Roofing examination is an open-book test. Candidates are responsible for obtaining and bringing the permitted reference materials to the testing center. The testing provider does not supply a personal set of examination books.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book testing requires strong reference familiarity. Candidates have an average of approximately two minutes per scored question. During that time, you may need to read the question, identify the relevant subject, select the correct reference, find the applicable section, interpret the material, and choose the best answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is designed to help you develop a practical reference-navigation strategy. Learn which book covers each examination topic and become comfortable using tables of contents, indexes, chapter headings, definitions, tables, figures, appendices, and code sections. Consistent practice can make it easier to decide where to search when a question appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved books may be subject to rules concerning highlighting, underlining, tabs, binding, notes, and inserted materials. Candidates should review the current examination instructions before their appointment and make sure every reference complies with the testing-center requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not wait until the final days before the examination to begin using the books. Work with the references throughout the six-month course-access period. The more frequently you search for topics, compare related provisions, and confirm answers, the more comfortable the open-book process can become.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the appropriate classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review the scope of the North Carolina Roofing classification and confirm that it corresponds with the contracting work you intend to perform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the required license application.\u003c\/strong\u003e Submit the application and supporting information requested by the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the qualifier.\u003c\/strong\u003e The applicant must identify the individual who will satisfy the examination requirement for the Roofing classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeet the applicable application requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide the business, organizational, financial, and other documentation required for the requested license limitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the application is in order, the Board provides an eligibility letter with the information needed to schedule the examination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegister and schedule with PSI.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the identification and authorization details provided in the eligibility letter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare for the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the online course, examination outline, and approved references to study technical and contractor-related topics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTake the Roofing examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bring the required identification and permitted reference materials to the testing center.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete any remaining licensing requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow the Board’s instructions concerning examination results, application completion, and license issuance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePassing the Roofing examination is one part of the licensing process. An examination result does not automatically issue a contractor license. The Board must determine that the applicant has satisfied all applicable licensing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors regulates general contractor licensing in the state. The Board reviews applications, determines examination eligibility, approves classifications and limitations, evaluates qualifier information, and issues licenses to applicants who satisfy the governing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Roofing specialty classification applies to roofing installation and repair work involving materials and systems intended to create a watertight and weather-resistant surface. Roofing work may involve shingles, shakes, tiles, metal coverings, membranes, built-up systems, coatings, flashing, valleys, gravel stops, gutters, downspouts, and related waterproofing components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNorth Carolina contractor licenses are issued with limitations that affect the size of projects a licensee may undertake. Applicants must select the appropriate limitation and satisfy the financial or bonding requirements associated with that limitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBusiness entities must provide the organizational information requested by the Board and identify a qualifier for the applicable classification. The qualifier is the individual connected to the license who satisfies the examination requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should follow the current application instructions issued by the Board. Application forms, administrative procedures, examination authorization periods, and other licensing requirements may be revised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is designed to support preparation with the following North Carolina Roofing examination and study references:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis safety reference addresses construction workplace requirements that may apply to roofing projects. Important subjects include fall protection, ladders, scaffolds, personal protective equipment, hazard communication, electrical safety, material handling, and jobsite responsibilities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Building Code contains requirements related to construction, materials, structural considerations, weather protection, fire resistance, occupancy, and other provisions relevant to roofing and general building work.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management - North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis contractor-focused publication covers business organization, project management, contracts, estimating, financial management, employment practices, insurance, risk, safety administration, liens, licensing, and North Carolina contractor responsibilities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administration Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis reference covers administrative requirements associated with the North Carolina State Building Code, including permits, inspections, enforcement, approvals, responsibilities, and code-administration procedures.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Steep Slope Roof Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis manual addresses steep-slope roofing assemblies and materials, including roof decks, underlayments, shingles, tiles, flashing, valleys, drainage, penetrations, installation details, ventilation considerations, maintenance, and system performance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Metal Panel and SPF Roof Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis technical reference covers metal panel roofing and spray polyurethane foam systems. Topics include materials, substrates, components, attachment methods, installation details, coatings, flashing, inspection, maintenance, and performance considerations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roofing Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis manual covers low-slope membrane roof assemblies, including decks, vapor retarders, insulation, cover boards, attachment, membranes, surfacing, drainage, perimeter conditions, penetrations, flashing, and maintenance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson, 1995\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis study reference addresses roofing construction methods, materials, measurements, estimating principles, calculations, and practical planning considerations. It can support broader trade review and estimating practice outside the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis publication contains statutes and regulations governing general contracting in North Carolina. It supports study of licensing responsibilities, Board authority, contractor regulation, and related legal requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Room Approved Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following references are identified for use in the North Carolina Roofing examination room:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management - North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administration Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Steep Slope Roof Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Metal Panel and SPF Roof Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roofing Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following listed materials are useful study references but are not part of the exam-room-approved book list:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson, 1995\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should inspect all references before the examination and follow the current PSI rules for permitted materials. Testing-center personnel make the final determination regarding whether a book complies with exam-day requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA strong preparation plan begins by connecting each examination subject to the correct reference. Use the occupational safety standards for questions involving worker protection and construction-site hazards. Use the Building Code and Administrative Code for code provisions, permits, inspections, enforcement, and construction responsibilities. Use the contractor guide for business, law, contracts, project management, licensing, and lien topics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three NRCA manuals support the technical roofing portion of the examination. Review the differences among steep-slope, metal panel, spray polyurethane foam, membrane, elastomeric, and built-up roofing systems. Study roof decks, substrates, insulation, underlayments, fasteners, attachment methods, drainage, flashing, penetrations, perimeter details, repairs, coatings, maintenance, and common system components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice roofing terminology so that you can quickly identify the subject of a question. Familiarity with the names of materials, layers, components, details, fastening methods, and system types can help you select the right publication before beginning a search.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse timed study sessions during your six months of course access. Select a question or topic, identify the likely reference, locate the information, and confirm the answer. Record the subjects that take the longest to find and devote additional study time to those sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid relying entirely on memorization or entirely on book searching. Trade knowledge helps you recognize the likely answer, while the references help confirm technical details. Combining both skills can improve efficiency during an open-book examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps North Carolina Roofing candidates organize a broad examination outline into a practical study plan. The online course brings together trade-focused review, contractor knowledge, reference navigation, and practice-oriented preparation in a flexible format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix months of course access gives you the opportunity to study consistently rather than trying to absorb the material in a short period. You can revisit difficult subjects, review technical roofing concepts, strengthen business and law knowledge, and continue practicing with the reference books throughout the access period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course supports preparation across steep-slope systems, membrane roofing, metal panel systems, spray polyurethane foam roofing, safety, code requirements, administration, licensing, liens, and contractor business practices. Organized study guidance helps you understand how these subjects connect to the examination outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference navigation is an important part of the preparation process. 1 Exam Prep encourages candidates to work directly with the books, learn where major topics are located, and practice finding answers under time limits. This approach can help build confidence and reduce uncertainty when working through an open-book test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course does not guarantee a passing score, contractor license, application approval, or any specific examination result. Your outcome depends on your experience, study effort, understanding of the material, reference familiarity, and performance on exam day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow long do I have access to the online course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Roofing Contractor Online Exam Prep Course includes six months of course access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the North Carolina Roofing examination open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The North Carolina Roofing examination is open book. Candidates must bring their own approved references and comply with the current testing-center rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre the reference books included with the online course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo books are identified as included with this course. The listed publications are the references used to support examination preparation and may be purchased separately unless another package specifically states that books are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow many scored questions are on the examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Roofing examination contains 60 scored questions. A limited number of unscored experimental questions may also appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much time is allowed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates are allowed 120 minutes to complete the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat score is required to pass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe published passing score is 70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWho administers the examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSI administers the North Carolina contractor examinations. The North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors determines examination eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course cover both roofing and business topics?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Preparation includes technical roofing subjects as well as safety, building-code requirements, administration, contractor business practices, project management, licensing, and liens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eShould I study directly from the reference books?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Because the examination is open book, candidates should practice with the approved references throughout their preparation. Learning which book covers each subject and how each publication is organized is an important part of studying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre all nine listed references allowed in the examination room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Seven references are identified for exam-room use. Roofing Construction and Estimating and Laws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina are study materials and are not included in the exam-room-approved list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes completing the course automatically qualify me for the exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Examination eligibility is determined by the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors through its application and approval process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes passing the exam automatically issue my license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Passing the examination is one part of the licensing process. The Board must confirm that all applicable application and licensing requirements have been satisfied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the online course guarantee that I will pass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The course provides organized study support and preparation guidance, but it does not guarantee passing, application approval, licensing, or any particular result.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":32473351117,"sku":"491414-A","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$300]","offer_id":45867575246905,"sku":null,"price":595.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2026_NEW_PRODUCTS-68-NC-ROOFING-COURSE.jpg?v=1772577689"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-building-contractor-course","title":"North Carolina PSI Building Contractor Course - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNorth Carolina PSI Building Contractor Course - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the North Carolina PSI Building Contractor examination with an online exam prep course designed around the approved exam-room references and the broader technical subjects associated with the Building Contractor classification. This course supports organized study across building codes, structural concrete, masonry, accessibility, construction safety, contractor business law, project management, code administration, sports-field construction, roofing, carpentry, excavation, steel systems, erosion control, and related construction methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Building Contractor classification covers a wide range of commercial, industrial, institutional, and residential construction and demolition activities. The scope also includes associated sitework, parking decks, grading, paving, sidewalks, gutters, storm drainage, retaining walls, accessory structures, athletic fields, running tracks, bleachers, and seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the classification is broad, candidates must prepare to move between several different types of references. A single study session may involve interpreting a building-code table, reviewing a structural concrete provision, finding an accessibility dimension, applying a construction-safety standard, or answering a contractor business and project-management question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe online course provides a structured way to approach that large body of information. Candidates can review major examination subjects, practice code and reference navigation, strengthen construction calculations, and connect technical requirements with practical project conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation focuses on the books identified for use during the North Carolina Building Contractor examination. These include the North Carolina Building Code, structural concrete and masonry standards, the accessibility standard, construction-safety requirements, the contractor business guide, the North Carolina Administration Code and Policies, and the sports-field construction reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course also uses additional study references to support deeper understanding of carpentry, roofing, excavation, concrete mixtures, post-tensioning, modern masonry methods, underground utility safety, sedimentation control, contractor regulations, steel joist erection, and steel-deck construction. These supplemental books are useful during preparation but are not identified as references allowed into the exam room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is an online exam prep course. The books listed below are study references used with the course and are not included unless a separate product package specifically states that physical books are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Building Contractor examination is administered through PSI after the candidate receives examination eligibility from the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination evaluates knowledge across building construction, structural systems, accessibility, workplace safety, contractor business practices, code administration, and project management. Candidates should be prepared to interpret written requirements, tables, diagrams, formulas, construction documents, and practical jobsite scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding-code preparation may include occupancy classifications, construction types, allowable building height and area, fire-resistance ratings, fire walls, fire barriers, fire-protection systems, interior finishes, means of egress, exterior walls, roof assemblies, structural provisions, special inspections, and safeguards during construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany building-code questions require candidates to use more than one provision. A question involving allowable building area may require review of the occupancy classification, construction type, sprinkler condition, frontage increase, mixed-use provisions, and applicable table notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStructural concrete preparation may include materials, reinforcement, concrete cover, development length, splices, slabs, beams, columns, walls, foundations, durability, strength, inspection, and construction requirements. Candidates should understand the organization of ACI 318 and the distinction between mandatory code provisions and explanatory commentary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasonry preparation may involve masonry units, mortar, grout, reinforcement, anchors, ties, walls, columns, bearing, quality assurance, construction tolerances, inspections, and structural requirements. The ACI masonry publication combines code requirements, specifications, and companion commentary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccessibility preparation may include accessible routes, entrances, doors, maneuvering clearances, ramps, stairs, elevators, platform lifts, toilet rooms, bathing facilities, parking spaces, seating, reach ranges, operable parts, signage, and communication features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccessibility questions often depend on precise dimensions and diagrams. Candidates should practice identifying the exact condition shown in a question and reviewing applicable exceptions before selecting an answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction-safety preparation may cover personal protective equipment, fall protection, ladders, scaffolds, excavation, cranes, hoists, electrical hazards, tools, material handling, fire prevention, housekeeping, and employer responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBusiness and project-management preparation may address contractor licensing, business organization, accounting, financial statements, contracts, estimating, bidding, scheduling, insurance, employment practices, safety programs, liens, project documentation, and risk management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCode-administration preparation may involve permits, plan review, inspections, certificates of occupancy, alternate materials, violations, stop-work orders, enforcement procedures, and the responsibilities of contractors, design professionals, and building officials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSports-field preparation may include site evaluation, grading, drainage, irrigation, soil preparation, natural turf, synthetic surfaces, field layout, construction, renovation, equipment, and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Building Contractor examination is open book. Candidates may use references authorized for the examination when those materials comply with the current PSI testing-center requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book testing does not remove the need for technical preparation. Candidates must recognize the subject of a question, select the correct reference, locate the applicable section, and interpret the requirement within the available testing time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course helps candidates learn which approved book applies to each major subject. The North Carolina Building Code is used for general building requirements, occupancy classifications, construction types, fire protection, means of egress, exterior walls, roofing, and safeguards during construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eACI 318 is used for structural concrete questions, while ACI 530\/530.1 applies to masonry structures. ICC A117.1 is used for accessibility questions involving routes, entrances, doors, ramps, toilet rooms, parking, seating, and related dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Administration Code and Policies supports questions involving permits, inspections, plan review, enforcement, and administrative procedures. The construction-safety standards apply to workplace hazards, and the contractor business guide supports licensing, accounting, contracts, estimating, and project-management preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sports-fields reference supports questions involving athletic-field planning, site preparation, drainage, irrigation, turf systems, construction, and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should practice using tables of contents, indexes, definitions, tables, figures, commentary, appendices, and cross-references. Different books require different navigation methods, so repeated use of the actual references is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTimed mixed-reference exercises should include building-code lookups, accessibility dimensions, structural concrete provisions, masonry requirements, safety questions, administrative procedures, and contractor-business scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe additional study references listed below should be used during preparation but should not be brought into the examination room unless current official PSI instructions specifically authorize them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReview the Building Contractor classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm that the classification matches the construction and demolition work the business plans to perform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the license limitation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Determine which North Carolina monetary limitation fits the value of projects the business intends to undertake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the qualifier.\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the individual who will satisfy the examination requirement for the applicant business.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubmit the license application or examination request.\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide the required ownership, financial, organizational, business, and qualifier information to the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e After approval, follow the eligibility instructions for registering and scheduling with PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBegin the online exam prep course.\u003c\/strong\u003e Organize study into building code, structural concrete, masonry, accessibility, safety, administration, business, and sports-field topics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudy with the approved references.\u003c\/strong\u003e Learn the structure of each exam-room book and complete timed lookup exercises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the supplemental study references.\u003c\/strong\u003e Strengthen practical knowledge of carpentry, roofing, excavation, concrete, masonry, steel construction, erosion control, and contractor regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule and take the PSI examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow the current registration, identification, and testing-center requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the licensing process.\u003c\/strong\u003e Satisfy the financial, qualifier, organizational, classification, and limitation requirements associated with the application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors regulates the Building Contractor classification. The classification covers commercial, industrial, institutional, and residential building construction and demolition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scope also includes parking decks, associated sitework, grading, paving, sidewalks, gutters, storm drainage, retaining walls, accessory structures, recreational facilities, athletic fields, running tracks, bleachers, and seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA North Carolina general contractor license is required when a covered construction project has a total value of $40,000 or more. The contractor must hold a classification that covers the work and a monetary limitation appropriate for the project value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe applicant business must identify a qualifier who satisfies the examination requirement. The applicant must also provide the financial, organizational, ownership, and business documentation required for the selected license limitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNorth Carolina general contractor licenses are issued with limited, intermediate, or unlimited monetary limitations. Each limitation has financial qualification requirements and controls the value of projects the contractor may undertake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePassing the examination does not automatically issue a contractor license. The applicant must complete the full licensing process and satisfy all applicable qualifier, financial, organizational, and application requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA contractor license does not replace project-specific permits, inspections, engineering services, architectural services, environmental approvals, erosion-control requirements, accessibility obligations, or workplace-safety responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLicensed contractors remain responsible for complying with applicable building codes, approved construction documents, inspection requirements, safety standards, accessibility provisions, and local permitting procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Room Approved Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSports Fields: Design, Construction and Maintenance, 2nd Edition, 2010\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA technical reference covering athletic-field planning, site selection, grading, drainage, irrigation, soil preparation, natural turf, synthetic surfaces, construction, renovation, and maintenance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA construction-safety reference covering personal protective equipment, fall protection, ladders, scaffolds, excavation, cranes, electrical hazards, tools, material handling, fire prevention, and employer responsibilities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management - North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA contractor reference covering licensing, business organization, accounting, financial management, contracts, estimating, bidding, scheduling, insurance, employment, safety, liens, and project administration.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code, 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe primary building-code reference covering occupancy classifications, construction types, building height and area, fire protection, means of egress, structural requirements, exterior walls, roofing, and safeguards during construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI 530\/530.1-13, Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Companion Commentaries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA structural masonry reference covering materials, reinforcement, design requirements, construction, inspections, quality assurance, specifications, and companion commentary.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI 318-14, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA structural concrete reference covering reinforcement, slabs, beams, columns, walls, foundations, durability, strength, development, splices, inspections, and construction requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administration Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAn administrative reference covering permits, plan review, inspections, certificates of occupancy, enforcement, alternate materials, violations, and application of the North Carolina State Building Code.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eICC A117.1-2017, Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAn accessibility standard covering accessible routes, entrances, doors, ramps, stairs, elevators, toilet rooms, parking, seating, reach ranges, clearances, signage, and communication features.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAdditional Study Books Not Allowed into the Exam\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Digest No. 9 – Handling and Erection of Steel Joists and Joist Girders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA technical guide covering delivery, storage, handling, bridging, erection, stability, sequencing, connections, and safety for steel joists and joist girders.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry and Building Construction, 2016\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA construction reference covering foundations, framing, floors, walls, roofs, stairs, doors, windows, finishes, tools, plans, materials, and general building methods.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign and Control of Concrete Mixtures, 17th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA concrete reference covering materials, proportioning, strength, durability, placement, consolidation, curing, testing, quality control, and performance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA field-oriented reference covering excavation, trenching, pipe installation, dewatering, bedding, backfill, compaction, equipment, estimating, safety, and project execution.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson, 1995\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA roofing reference covering roof systems, materials, installation, flashing, ventilation, repair, measurements, labor, estimating, and project planning.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining and Certification of Field Personnel for Unbonded Post-Tensioning - Level 1 Field Fundamentals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA field reference covering post-tensioning components, tendon installation, stressing, safety, inspection, repairs, handling, and quality-control practices.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern Masonry: Brick, Block, Stone, Clois E. Kicklighter, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA masonry reference covering tools, materials, mortar, brick, concrete block, stone, layout, bonding, reinforcement, walls, and field techniques.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Excavation Safety Guidelines, 2022 or Later\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA practical guide covering utility-location procedures, safe digging, markings, tolerance zones, damage prevention, emergency response, and excavator responsibilities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code, Title 15A, Chapter 4, Sedimentation Control, Including Latest Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdministrative rules addressing land-disturbing activities, erosion-control plans, stabilization, inspections, enforcement, and sedimentation-control responsibilities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina General Statutes Chapter 113A, Article 4, Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eState law establishing erosion and sedimentation-control requirements, enforcement authority, planning responsibilities, and pollution-prevention obligations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA contractor law reference covering licensing statutes, Board rules, classifications, limitations, qualifier responsibilities, applications, renewals, disciplinary provisions, and compliance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSDI Manual of Construction with Steel Deck\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA Steel Deck Institute reference covering steel-deck products, handling, storage, erection, attachment, openings, accessories, tolerances, safety, and construction practices.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed references are study materials used with the online course. Physical books are sold separately unless another package specifically states that books are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin preparation by dividing the course into major reference areas. Study the building code, structural concrete, masonry, accessibility, construction safety, business law, administration, and sports-field construction as separate subjects before combining them in mixed practice sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor building-code preparation, practice occupancy classifications, construction types, height and area, fire-resistance requirements, means of egress, exterior walls, roofing, structural provisions, and safeguards during construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor structural study, determine whether a question belongs in ACI 318 or ACI 530\/530.1 before beginning the lookup. Review reinforcement, cover, development, splices, materials, inspections, quality assurance, and construction requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accessibility, work directly with figures and dimensions. Practice accessible routes, doors, ramps, parking, toilet rooms, seating, reach ranges, and maneuvering clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor safety, organize study sessions around fall protection, ladders, scaffolds, excavation, cranes, electrical hazards, personal protective equipment, material handling, tools, and fire prevention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor business preparation, review contractor licensing, accounting, contracts, estimating, bidding, scheduling, financial management, insurance, employment, liens, and project documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the supplemental books to reinforce field methods involving framing, roofing, concrete mixtures, masonry installation, excavation, post-tensioning, steel joists, steel deck, utility safety, and sedimentation control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate timed mixed-reference drills that require switching between several approved books. Review every missed question in the supporting reference and repeat difficult searches until navigation becomes more efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps North Carolina Building Contractor candidates organize a large technical and business examination library into a practical study structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade-focused review connects the North Carolina Building Code with structural concrete, masonry, accessibility, construction safety, roofing, carpentry, excavation, steel systems, sports fields, and code administration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBusiness-focused preparation supports review of licensing, accounting, contracts, estimating, bidding, scheduling, insurance, financial management, liens, employment, and contractor responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented preparation encourages candidates to review a subject, answer questions, locate supporting provisions, examine missed concepts, and repeat difficult reference searches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference-navigation guidance helps candidates determine which approved book applies to each question and where important definitions, tables, figures, code sections, and administrative requirements are located.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo online exam prep course can guarantee a passing score, contractor license, project permit, or business outcome. Results depend on the candidate’s preparation, construction experience, business knowledge, financial qualifications, reference-navigation skills, application completion, and examination performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFAQ Section\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWho is this online course designed for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is designed for candidates preparing for the North Carolina PSI Building Contractor examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat subjects are covered?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course supports preparation involving building codes, structural concrete, masonry, accessibility, construction safety, business law, project management, code administration, sports fields, and broader construction methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the North Carolina Building Contractor examination open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Candidates may use authorized references that comply with current PSI testing-center requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre the reference books included with the online course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The listed books are used with the course and are sold separately unless another package specifically states that physical books are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are allowed into the exam room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe eight books listed in the Exam Room Approved Books section are identified for use during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre the additional study books allowed into the exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The additional books are intended for preparation and should not be taken into the testing room unless current official PSI instructions specifically authorize them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course cover structural concrete and masonry?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Preparation includes use of ACI 318 for structural concrete and ACI 530\/530.1 for masonry structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course cover accessibility?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The course supports review of ICC A117.1-2017 and topics involving accessible routes, doors, ramps, parking, toilet rooms, seating, and dimensional requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course include contractor business preparation?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Study areas include licensing, accounting, contracts, estimating, bidding, scheduling, insurance, liens, financial management, and project administration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes purchasing the course guarantee a passing score?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Examination results depend on the candidate’s preparation, construction knowledge, business understanding, reference-navigation ability, and performance on test day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes passing the examination automatically issue a license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Applicants must complete the North Carolina licensing process and satisfy the applicable financial, qualifier, organizational, classification, and limitation requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":32473783501,"sku":"491408-A","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$300]","offer_id":45867574788153,"sku":null,"price":595.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2026_NEW_PRODUCTS-44-NC-BUILDING-COURSE.jpg?v=1772577734"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-concrete-construction-course","title":"North Carolina Concrete Construction Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNORTH CAROLINA CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR - ONLINE EXAM PREP COURSE\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe North Carolina Concrete Construction Contractor Online Exam Prep Course by 1 Exam Prep is designed to prepare candidates for the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors (NCLBGC) trade examination. This course provides structured instruction on concrete placement, reinforcement, formwork, finishing, and curing standards aligned with the NCLBGC Concrete Contractor classification. It includes reference materials based on the NASCLA Contractor’s Guide to Business, Law, and Project Management and focuses on North Carolina construction codes, OSHA safety standards, and estimating procedures. The online format enables self-paced study while covering key state licensing requirements, helping contractors meet certification objectives and pass the state concrete construction exam efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis classification covers the construction and installation of foundations, pre-cast silos and other concrete tanks or receptacles, prestressed components, and gunite applications, but excludes bridges, streets, side-walks, curbs, gutters, driveways, parking lots, and highways.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Course","offer_id":32473798413,"sku":"7289279184953","price":225.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Course + Live Classes","offer_id":45867575771193,"sku":null,"price":425.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/North_Carolina_Concrete_Construction_Course_b210157c-ddd5-4c48-9ce1-2781baaa9890.png?v=1517431849"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-residential-building-contractor-course","title":"North Carolina Residential Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNorth Carolina Residential Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the North Carolina Residential Contractor Exam with an online exam prep course built around the major safety, code, business, law, carpentry, roofing, masonry, excavation, concrete, truss, erosion-control, and contractor-licensing subjects associated with residential construction in North Carolina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis course includes \u003cstrong\u003e6 months of course access\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving candidates time to build a consistent study schedule, review residential construction topics, practice reference navigation, and revisit challenging material before test day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBooks are not included with this online course.\u003c\/strong\u003e Candidates must purchase or obtain all required exam-room references and supporting study books separately. The course is designed to be used alongside the listed safety, business, building-code, administrative, carpentry, roofing, masonry, excavation, concrete, truss, erosion-control, and contractor-law references.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential contracting requires broad knowledge across the entire construction process. Candidates may need to understand site preparation, excavation, foundations, concrete, masonry, framing, floors, walls, roofs, trusses, openings, stairs, weather protection, jobsite safety, contracts, estimating, project management, permits, inspections, erosion control, licensing, and legal responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Residential Contractor online exam prep course helps organize these subjects into a practical study structure. Rather than moving randomly between thirteen different books, students can focus on defined knowledge areas and develop a clearer understanding of which reference applies to each type of question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is intended for candidates preparing for the North Carolina Residential Contractor Exam, including applicants seeking to serve as a qualifier for a licensed contracting business. It can also support experienced builders who understand field construction but need a structured review of building-code language, contractor business practices, administrative requirements, and exam-related trade subjects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the examination is open book, candidates should prepare with the approved references they expect to use during testing. Open-book testing still requires careful preparation. Candidates must recognize the subject of a question, choose the correct book, locate the applicable information, interpret the requirement, and select the best answer within the available testing period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supporting books that are not allowed inside the examination room remain important for preparation. They address practical residential construction subjects such as carpentry, roofing, masonry, excavation, concrete, metal plate connected wood trusses, erosion control, sedimentation law, and contractor regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis course does not guarantee a passing score, examination eligibility, licensing approval, or a particular result. It provides an organized preparation framework that can help candidates study consistently, become more familiar with the references, and approach the exam with a stronger understanding of residential construction topics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border: 3px solid #d32f2f; padding: 20px; margin: 25px 0; background-color: #fff7f7;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Exam Prep Course:\u003c\/strong\u003e Structured preparation for the North Carolina Residential Contractor Exam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCourse Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 months of course access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Trade Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e Study guidance covering carpentry, framing, roofing, masonry, excavation, concrete, trusses, erosion control, safety, business, law, and code administration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference Navigation Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preparation designed to help candidates identify which book applies to a question and locate information more efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice-Oriented Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e A study structure focused on applying knowledge, reviewing major subjects, and strengthening exam readiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBooks are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every required and recommended reference book must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Residential Contractor Exam evaluates knowledge associated with residential construction, workplace safety, business practices, project management, building-code requirements, permits, inspections, contractor licensing, and legal responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation should include site work, excavation, foundations, concrete, masonry, framing, floors, walls, roofs, wood trusses, openings, stairs, structural systems, jobsite safety, contracts, estimating, accounting, insurance, project documentation, erosion control, licensing, liens, and administrative procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome questions may require direct lookup in an approved exam-room reference. Other questions may depend on trade knowledge developed through study and construction experience. Candidates should understand the subject of a question before deciding which book to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions involving fall protection, ladders, scaffolds, excavation hazards, personal protective equipment, tools, machinery, access, material handling, or employee protection may require the \u003cem\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions involving contracts, estimating, scheduling, accounting, insurance, project management, employment responsibilities, licensing, liens, or business organization may require the \u003cem\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management – North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions involving structural systems, walls, floors, roofs, openings, construction types, fire resistance, occupancy provisions, or general technical building requirements may require the \u003cem\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions involving permits, inspections, approvals, certificates, enforcement, or administrative responsibilities may require the \u003cem\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade questions involving carpentry, roofing, masonry, excavation, concrete, trusses, erosion control, or contractor law should be studied before test day because the supporting books covering those subjects are not available inside the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Residential Contractor Exam is an open-book test. Candidates may use approved references during the examination, subject to current testing-center rules and inspection procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exam-room references associated with this course are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management – North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese books are not included with the online course. Candidates must obtain the correct references separately and use them throughout their preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking with the physical books can help candidates become familiar with chapter organization, indexes, definitions, tables, section numbers, exceptions, and cross-references. Candidates should also review current testing rules before highlighting, underlining, indexing, or tabbing any reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference navigation should be practiced under timed conditions. A practical method is to read a question, identify whether it concerns safety, business, technical code, or administration, select the correct book, locate the relevant section, and confirm the answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book status does not mean every answer can be found quickly. A technical provision may include exceptions, definitions, referenced standards, or related sections that affect interpretation. Candidates should read enough surrounding language to understand how the requirement applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following supporting books are important for study but are not allowed inside the examination room:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry and Building Construction, 2016\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson, 1995\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModern Masonry – Brick, Block, Stone, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Contractor’s Guide to Quality Concrete Construction, 4th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBCSI: Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining, and Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses, 2025\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code, Title 15A, Chapter 4, Sedimentation Control, Including the Latest Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina General Statutes Chapter 113A, Article 4, Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should study these materials thoroughly before test day because their content cannot be searched from inside the testing room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReview the Residential Contractor classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm that the classification matches the type of residential construction work the applicant or business intends to perform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReview current licensing requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Examine the application, qualifier, ownership, financial, organizational, and business requirements connected with the requested contractor license.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubmit the required application materials.\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide the licensing authority with the requested forms, supporting documentation, and applicant information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Complete the applicable approval process before scheduling the Residential Contractor Exam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObtain the required books.\u003c\/strong\u003e Purchase or otherwise obtain the correct exam-room references and supporting study books separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the online course to organize preparation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review residential construction, safety, business, code, administration, law, and erosion-control subjects throughout the 6-month access period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice reference navigation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Work with the approved books and become familiar with their contents, indexes, chapters, definitions, and technical provisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule and take the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow the instructions provided through the applicable licensing and testing process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the remaining licensing requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Passing the examination is one part of qualification. All applicable requirements must be completed before a contractor license is issued.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Residential Contractor classification applies to qualifying residential construction work within the scope of the license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential projects may involve site preparation, excavation, foundations, concrete, masonry, framing, floors, walls, roofs, trusses, stairs, openings, exterior assemblies, interior construction, weather protection, and related building systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContractors may need to coordinate building plans, engineering documents, permits, inspections, manufacturer instructions, safety requirements, material deliveries, subcontractors, project schedules, and construction records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential contractors also carry business and legal responsibilities. These may include contracts, estimating, insurance, change orders, accounting, project management, workforce obligations, licensing compliance, lien procedures, and recordkeeping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProjects may require erosion-control measures, sedimentation compliance, local permits, inspections, engineered details, fire-resistance provisions, accessibility considerations, and approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePassing the examination does not independently authorize contracting activity. The applicant must complete the licensing process and receive the appropriate North Carolina contractor license before performing work that requires licensure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe following books are not included with the online exam prep course and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room reference addresses construction workplace safety, including fall protection, ladders, scaffolds, excavation hazards, personal protective equipment, tools, machinery, access, material handling, employee training, and jobsite protection.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management – North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room reference covers business organization, contracts, estimating, scheduling, accounting, insurance, project management, employment responsibilities, licensing, liens, and contractor administration.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room code contains technical building requirements affecting residential construction, including structural systems, walls, floors, roofs, openings, construction types, fire resistance, occupancy provisions, and related building topics.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room reference addresses permits, inspections, approvals, certificates, enforcement, responsibilities, and procedures connected with North Carolina building-code compliance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry and Building Construction, 2016\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting trade book covers layout, framing, floors, walls, roofs, stairs, doors, windows, finishes, tools, materials, and residential building practices. It is used for study but is not allowed inside the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson, 1995\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting book addresses roofing systems, materials, slopes, underlayment, flashing, ventilation, drainage, estimating, quantities, installation methods, and common roof details. It must remain outside the exam room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern Masonry – Brick, Block, Stone, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting trade reference covers brick, concrete masonry units, stone, mortar, grout, reinforcement, bonds, flashing, walls, fireplaces, chimneys, layout, and estimating. It is not permitted inside the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting reference covers excavation, trenching, soils, drainage, grading, pipe installation, bedding, backfill, equipment, safety, and construction methods. It is used for study outside the testing center.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Contractor’s Guide to Quality Concrete Construction, 4th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting book addresses concrete materials, placement, consolidation, finishing, curing, joints, reinforcement, testing, quality control, and practical construction methods. It is not allowed inside the exam room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBCSI: Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining, and Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses, 2025\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting guide addresses truss storage, handling, installation, temporary restraint, permanent bracing, and safe placement. It must be studied before testing because it is not approved for exam-room use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code, Title 15A, Chapter 4, Sedimentation Control, Including the Latest Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting regulatory reference addresses erosion and sedimentation-control requirements for land-disturbing activities. It is included for study and must remain outside the testing room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina General Statutes Chapter 113A, Article 4, Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting statute addresses legal responsibilities, enforcement, and compliance involving sedimentation pollution control and land-disturbing activities. It is not allowed inside the exam room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis supporting publication addresses contractor licensing laws, rules, qualifier responsibilities, license administration, and legal obligations. It must be purchased separately and studied before test day.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Room Approved Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following four references are associated with exam-room use for the North Carolina Residential Contractor Exam:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse this reference for fall protection, ladders, scaffolds, excavation hazards, personal protective equipment, tools, machinery, access, material handling, and worker-protection requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management – North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse this reference for contracts, estimating, scheduling, accounting, insurance, project management, employment responsibilities, licensing, and liens.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Building Code: Building Code 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse this reference for structural systems, walls, floors, roofs, openings, construction types, fire resistance, occupancy provisions, and general technical building requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Administrative Code and Policies, 2018 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse this reference for permits, inspections, approvals, certificates, enforcement, administrative responsibilities, and code-compliance procedures.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll books remain subject to testing-center inspection. Candidates should ensure that each approved reference is complete, securely bound, and prepared according to current examination rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin preparation with residential framing. Review floor systems, wall framing, roof framing, load paths, openings, headers, stairs, fastening, bracing, and common structural details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudy roofing separately. Review roof slopes, materials, underlayment, flashing, ventilation, valleys, drainage, penetrations, estimating, and installation practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReview masonry for foundations, walls, veneers, fireplaces, chimneys, mortar, grout, reinforcement, flashing, and movement joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudy excavation and concrete together. Review site preparation, trenching, drainage, foundations, reinforcing, placement, consolidation, curing, joints, finishing, and quality control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the 2025 BCSI guide to study wood-truss storage, handling, installation, temporary restraint, permanent bracing, and safe placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReview erosion and sedimentation control for land-disturbing activities, stabilization, runoff management, inspections, control measures, enforcement, and legal compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the four approved references for timed practice. Alternate between safety, business, technical building-code, and administrative questions so selecting the correct book becomes more automatic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDevelop a weekly study schedule during the 6-month course-access period. Rotate between trade review, code navigation, safety, business, administration, erosion control, and legal subjects. Revisit weak areas and continue practicing with separately purchased references.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps candidates organize preparation around the North Carolina Residential Contractor Exam and the broad responsibilities of residential construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe online course provides structured study guidance for carpentry, framing, roofing, masonry, excavation, concrete, trusses, erosion control, jobsite safety, contractor business, law, building-code requirements, and administrative procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade-focused review helps connect book content to real residential construction activities. Candidates can strengthen their understanding of materials, structural systems, sequencing, safety, quality control, permits, and contractor responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented preparation encourages candidates to apply what they study. Students can review a question, identify the subject, choose the correct reference, locate the applicable information, and evaluate the answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference-navigation guidance helps candidates become familiar with the North Carolina Building Code, Administrative Code and Policies, construction safety standards, and Contractor’s Guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6-month course-access period gives candidates flexibility to establish a consistent preparation routine. Students can revisit difficult subjects, repeat practice activities, and continue studying with their separately purchased books.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep does not guarantee passing, examination eligibility, licensing approval, or a specific result. The course supports candidates through organized study guidance, residential trade review, practice-oriented preparation, reference navigation, and confidence-building structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow long do I have access to the online course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course includes 6 months of course access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre the reference books included with the course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Books are not included. Candidates must purchase or obtain all exam-room references and supporting study books separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the North Carolina Residential Contractor Exam open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The examination is open book, but only approved references may be used inside the testing room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are used inside the exam room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exam-room references are the North Carolina construction safety standards, the Contractor’s Guide, the 2018 North Carolina Building Code, and the 2018 North Carolina Administrative Code and Policies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are used only for study?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carpentry, roofing, masonry, excavation, concrete, wood-truss, erosion-control, sedimentation-law, and North Carolina contractor-law books are supporting references that are not allowed inside the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course include the 2025 BCSI truss guide?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Books are not included. The 2025 BCSI guide must be purchased separately and used alongside the course for truss-handling, installation, restraint, and bracing study.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course submit my contractor license application?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The course does not include application filing, exam registration, testing fees, licensing approval, or license issuance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eCan experienced residential builders benefit from the course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Experienced contractors may use the course to organize code review, improve reference navigation, and study business, law, safety, administration, and erosion-control subjects that may not be part of daily fieldwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course guarantee that I will pass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The course does not guarantee a passing score or licensing approval. Exam performance depends on preparation, knowledge, reference familiarity, and individual test performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes passing the examination automatically issue a contractor license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Passing the examination is one part of the licensing process. All applicable requirements must be completed before a North Carolina contractor license is issued.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":32474038925,"sku":"582306-A","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study Course + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$300]","offer_id":45867577376825,"sku":null,"price":595.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2026_NEW_PRODUCTS-62-NC-RESIDENTIAL-COURSE.jpg?v=1772577794"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-metal-erection","title":"North Carolina Metal Erection Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNorth Carolina Metal Erection Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the North Carolina Metal Erection Contractor examination with an online exam prep course focused on structural steel erection, steel joists and girders, steel decking, reinforcing steel, welding, high-strength bolting, metal roofing and siding, fencing, construction safety, and North Carolina contractor regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal erection work requires a broad combination of technical knowledge and practical judgment. Contractors must understand how structural and architectural metal components are fabricated, handled, positioned, connected, braced, and completed safely. Examination preparation may involve steel framing, joist erection, deck installation, welding methods, bolted connections, reinforcing bars, sheet-metal systems, rigging practices, OSHA steel-erection requirements, general construction safety, lien laws, and licensing responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis online course organizes those subjects into a structured study path. Candidates can review the major examination categories, practice identifying the correct reference, strengthen open-book navigation, and study technical subjects drawn from both exam-room-approved books and closed-book reference materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course uses the North Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with the latest available amendments, and the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, 2004, as the principal exam-room references. These materials support preparation for steel-erection safety, general construction safety, and high-strength bolted structural connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional references support preparation for metal roofing and siding, reinforcing steel, joists and joist girders, steel decks, welding, fencing, laws and regulations, liens, business practices, and project management. These supporting books are used for study but are not allowed in the examination center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is designed to help candidates understand where exam subjects come from and how the references work together. It does not replace field experience or careful reading of the listed publications. Instead, it provides organized trade review, practice-oriented study, and reference-navigation guidance for candidates preparing to meet North Carolina’s testing and licensing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border: 3px solid #d32f2f; padding: 20px; margin: 25px 0; background-color: #fff7f7;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Trade Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organized preparation for the North Carolina Metal Erection Contractor examination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam-Topic Guidance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Review of steel joists and girders, steel decks, reinforcing steel, welding, bolting, metal roofing and siding, fencing, safety, laws, and liens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-Book Navigation Practice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Guidance for using the approved safety and structural-bolting references efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed-Book Study Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preparation based on the listed technical, licensing, business, and project-management references that are not permitted in the examination room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice-Oriented Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Structured review designed to improve question analysis, technical understanding, and reference selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfidence-Building Study Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical way to divide a broad specialty examination into manageable subjects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Metal Erection Contractor examination is administered by PSI for the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors. Applicants must complete the Board’s application process and receive examination eligibility before scheduling the computer-based examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination contains 65 questions, requires a score of 70 percent to pass, and allows 150 minutes for completion. The current examination outline distributes questions across metal roofing and siding, reinforcing steel, steel-erection safety, general safety, steel decks, steel joists and girders, welding, bolting, laws and regulations, liens, and metal fencing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel joists and girders represent the largest subject area in the examination outline. Candidates should understand handling, storage, erection sequencing, temporary stability, bridging, connections, field modifications, bearing, alignment, and safe placement practices. Questions may require practical knowledge of how joists and girders are installed and secured as part of a complete structural system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReinforcing-steel preparation may involve bar identification, handling, fabrication, bending, tying, supports, spacing, placement, splices, tolerances, and coordination with concrete construction. Candidates should understand how reinforcing bars are positioned and maintained during construction so the completed work matches the project requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel-deck subjects may include deck types, storage, lifting, placement, alignment, attachment, side laps, openings, temporary loading, safety, and coordination with structural framing. Candidates should recognize the differences between roof deck and floor deck applications and understand the importance of approved fastening and erection procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWelding preparation may include welding processes, equipment, electrodes, joints, positions, symbols, cutting, base metals, inspection concepts, and safe work practices. Candidates should understand both the terminology and the practical purpose of welding procedures used during metal erection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolting questions may address structural joints using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts, including joint types, bolt installation, connected parts, faying surfaces, pretensioning methods, inspection, washers, snug-tightened conditions, and slip-critical connections. The listed structural-joints specification is the principal reference for these subjects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination also covers metal roofing and siding, metal fencing, laws and regulations, liens, and general construction safety. Candidates should not focus only on structural framing. A complete preparation plan should address every category in the official content outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Metal Erection Contractor examination is an open-book test. Candidates may use only the references identified as allowed in the current PSI Candidate Information Bulletin and prepared according to the testing-center rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with the latest available amendments, is permitted in the examination room. It supports questions involving OSHA Subpart R steel-erection requirements and general construction safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety topics may include fall protection, controlled decking zones, structural stability, hoisting, rigging, cranes, steel joists, columns, beams, decking, personal protective equipment, ladders, scaffolds, electrical hazards, welding and cutting, material handling, and employer responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, 2004, is also allowed in the examination room. Candidates should study its organization before test day and become familiar with its terminology, installation requirements, joint classifications, pretensioning methods, inspection procedures, and provisions for connected materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe remaining books listed with this course are not allowed in the examination center. They are closed-book study references used to prepare for subjects that may appear on the examination. Candidates should study those materials thoroughly enough to recall the major procedures, requirements, and concepts without consulting them during the test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved references may be highlighted, underlined, and indexed before the examination. Permanent tabs are permitted when they comply with PSI requirements. Removable tabs, loose papers, added notes, and unauthorized attachments are not permitted. No notes may be written on tabs, and candidates may not write in their references before or during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDownloaded material that is permitted for testing must be complete and properly bound. Partial references are not accepted. Candidates are responsible for bringing their approved materials to the testing center and ensuring that the books meet the current requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEffective open-book preparation involves repeated lookup practice. Read a question, identify the main subject, choose the correct approved reference, locate the applicable section, and read the surrounding requirements before selecting an answer. Random searching can consume valuable testing time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm the Metal Erection classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review the classification scope and determine whether it matches the metal fabrication, erection, repair, alteration, and connection work the applicant intends to perform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect a license limitation.\u003c\/strong\u003e North Carolina general contractor licenses are issued with limited, intermediate, or unlimited project limitations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the applicant entity.\u003c\/strong\u003e Determine whether the license applicant will be an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or another eligible entity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesignate a qualifier.\u003c\/strong\u003e The qualifier is the individual who satisfies the examination requirement for the Metal Erection classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the Board application.\u003c\/strong\u003e Submit the required applicant, qualifier, entity, financial, and supporting information to the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeet the financial requirement.\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide the financial documentation required for the selected license limitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e After the application is reviewed and approved for testing, the qualifier receives instructions for scheduling with PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Arrange the computer-based examination within the eligibility period stated in the authorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the permitted references.\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm that the approved books are complete and comply with current rules for binding, tabs, highlighting, and markings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow PSI’s identification, security, scheduling, calculator, and reference-material procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the licensing process.\u003c\/strong\u003e Passing the examination satisfies the testing requirement, but the applicant must complete all remaining Board requirements before a license is issued.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors regulates general contractor classifications, specialty classifications, license limitations, qualifiers, financial qualifications, applications, renewals, and professional conduct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Metal Erection specialty classification covers field fabrication, erection, repair, and alteration of architectural and structural shapes, plates, tubing, pipe, and bars that may be used as structural members for buildings, equipment, and other structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe classification also includes the layout, assembly, and erection by welding, bolting, or riveting of metal products such as curtain walls, tanks, hoppers, structural members, towers, stairs, conveyor frames, cranes and crane runways, canopies, carports, guardrails, signs, permanent steel scaffolding, flagpoles, fences, siding, bleachers, fire escapes, and seating structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNorth Carolina requires a general contractor license when a contractor undertakes work that meets the licensing threshold established by state law. The legal entity that bids, contracts, or undertakes the regulated project must hold the appropriate active license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe qualifier’s examination credential and the contractor license serve different purposes. Passing the Metal Erection examination does not independently authorize an individual or business to contract. The Board must approve the complete license application and the qualifier’s association with the applicant entity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplicants must meet the financial qualification associated with the selected limitation. Limited, intermediate, and unlimited licenses carry different financial requirements and project limitations. Contractors must operate within the classification and limitation shown on the active license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEntity records, ownership information, qualifier relationships, and business registrations should remain current. Changes affecting the license must be handled according to the Board’s current rules and application procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room reference covers construction safety requirements, including steel erection, fall protection, cranes, rigging, material handling, welding and cutting, ladders, scaffolds, electrical hazards, personal protective equipment, and employer responsibilities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, 2004\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis exam-room reference addresses high-strength structural bolting, joint classifications, connected materials, installation, pretensioning, inspection, washers, faying surfaces, and requirements for snug-tightened, pretensioned, and slip-critical joints.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfiled Sheet Roofing and Cladding - A Guide to Good Practice, 3rd Edition, 1999\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference supports preparation involving profiled metal roofing and cladding, handling, storage, layout, installation, fasteners, laps, weather protection, detailing, and good construction practices. It is not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacing Reinforcing Bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference covers reinforcing-bar identification, fabrication, handling, supports, tying, spacing, placement, splices, tolerances, and field practices. It is not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Digest No. 9 – Handling and Erection of Steel Joists and Joist Girders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference addresses storage, handling, erection sequencing, bridging, bearing, stability, connections, field modifications, and safe placement of steel joists and joist girders. It is not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaws and Regulations Applicable to General Contracting in the State of North Carolina\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference covers North Carolina general contractor statutes, Board rules, license classifications, limitations, qualifiers, applications, liens, enforcement, and professional responsibilities. It is not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSDI Manual of Construction with Steel Deck\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference covers steel-deck handling, storage, placement, attachment, side laps, openings, temporary loading, field practices, and construction safety. It is not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management - North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference covers business organization, contracts, estimating, financial management, project administration, employment practices, safety, risk management, licensing, and North Carolina contractor responsibilities. It is not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern Welding, 2013\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference supports preparation involving welding processes, equipment, electrodes, joints, positions, symbols, cutting, base metals, inspection concepts, and welding safety. It is not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFences \u0026amp; Retaining Walls (Used)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis used closed-book study reference supports preparation involving fence layouts, posts, rails, gates, materials, foundations, installation methods, and related construction practices. It is not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Room Approved Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with Latest Available Amendments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis reference is allowed in the examination center for steel-erection and general construction-safety questions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, 2004\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis reference is allowed in the examination center for structural-bolting and high-strength-joint questions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild your study plan around the official examination categories. Give additional attention to steel joists and girders because they represent the largest portion of the content outline. Follow that with reinforcing steel, safety, steel decks, welding, metal roofing and siding, fencing, bolting, laws, and liens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudy OSHA Subpart R separately from general construction safety. Review structural stability, column anchorage, joist erection, decking, fall protection, controlled decking zones, hoisting, rigging, and employee protection during steel erection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice high-strength bolting by learning the terminology used in the structural-joints specification. Understand the differences among joint types, installation conditions, pretensioning procedures, inspection methods, and surface requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the closed-book references to build subject knowledge before the examination. Create study notes outside the exam-room books, complete practice questions, and review the most important procedures repeatedly until they can be recalled without consulting the restricted publications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring open-book practice, use only the two approved exam-room references. This helps reproduce the actual testing environment and prevents reliance on books that will not be available during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps North Carolina Metal Erection Contractor candidates organize a broad technical and regulatory examination into a practical study structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganized study guidance separates the examination into steel joists and girders, reinforcing steel, steel decks, welding, bolting, metal roofing and siding, fencing, safety, laws, and liens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade-focused review helps candidates connect structural members, joists, decking, reinforcing bars, welded connections, bolted joints, and erection procedures as parts of complete metal construction systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented preparation emphasizes the skills needed for open-book testing. Candidates learn to identify the correct approved reference, locate a provision efficiently, interpret technical language, and confirm an answer within the available testing time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference-navigation practice focuses on the safety standards and structural-joints specification permitted in the examination center. The course also organizes closed-book preparation around the technical and regulatory references that candidates must study before test day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep promotes confidence through structured review, repeated practice, trade-focused preparation, and a consistent method for approaching exam questions. No course can guarantee examination passage, application approval, or license issuance, but organized preparation can help candidates approach the process with stronger familiarity and a clearer plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat does the North Carolina Metal Erection Contractor course cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course covers steel joists and girders, reinforcing steel, steel decks, welding, structural bolting, metal roofing and siding, fencing, OSHA steel-erection safety, general safety, laws, liens, and contractor business subjects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the examination open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The examination is open book, but only the approved references identified in the current PSI bulletin may be used in the testing center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are allowed in the examination room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry and the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, 2004, are allowed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre the other listed books allowed in the examination room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The roofing, reinforcing-bar, joist, steel-deck, welding, fencing, laws, and contractor business references are included for study but are not allowed in the examination center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow many questions are on the Metal Erection examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination contains 65 questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much time is allowed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates have 150 minutes to complete the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat score is required to pass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA score of 70 percent is required to pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat is the largest examination subject?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel joists and girders represent the largest category in the current content outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eCan I write notes in the approved exam books?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The testing rules prohibit written notes in the references. Approved highlighting, underlining, and permanent tabs must comply with current PSI requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes passing the examination automatically issue a contractor license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The applicant must satisfy the Board’s application, financial, entity, qualifier, and licensing requirements before a license is issued.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the online course guarantee a passing score?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Examination performance depends on the candidate’s preparation, trade experience, understanding of the references, navigation skills, and performance during the test.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":46234223411257,"sku":"491413-A-1","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$200]","offer_id":46234223444025,"sku":"491413-A-2","price":495.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2026_NEW_PRODUCTS-56-NC-METAL-COURSE.jpg?v=1772577848"},{"product_id":"nrca-waterproofing-manual-2005","title":"NRCA Waterproofing Manual, 2nd Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNRCA WATERPROOFING MANUAL, 2ND EDITION\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe NRCA Waterproofing Manual, 2nd Edition from the National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) is a comprehensive resource aimed at roofing and waterproofing professionals preparing for the NRCA waterproofing scope of practice. This edition covers key topics including substrate preparation, membrane selection, sheet-metal details, flashings, safety protocols, testing and inspection procedures, and quality control methods aligned with NRCA standards and best practices for water‐resistive assemblies. It supports the exam vendor’s objective to validate competence in system design, installation, specification development and field inspection within the waterproofing domain. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterproofing technology and building construction continue to experience change. Stay abreast of these latest changes concerning the design and installation of quality waterproofing assemblies with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe NRCA Waterproofing Manual, 2nd Edition, 2020. \u003c\/em\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp id=\"ags-store-prdDesc\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis manual will provide you with the latest information on proper design; quality materials and workmanship; waterstops; warranties; material storage and handling; weather considerations; slope and drainage; flashings; and much more. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis manual is intended to complement\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe NRCA Manual Series\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand should be used as a guideline to prepare proper specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NRCA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3228781510682,"sku":"1110000000011","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/waterproofing-manual-2nd-edition-e4cb533a.png?v=1623268913"},{"product_id":"nsf-50-2019-equipment-for-swimming-pools-spas-hot-tubs-and-other-recreational-water-facilities","title":"NSF\/ANSI\/CAN 50 - 2020 Equipment for Swimming Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs and other Recreational Water Facilities","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNSF\/ANSI\/CAN 50 – 2020 Equipment for Swimming Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs and Other Recreational Water Facilities\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe “NSF\/ANSI\/CAN 50: 2020 — Equipment and Chemicals for Swimming Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs and Other Recreational Water Facilities” standard, published by NSF International, establishes minimum requirements for design, materials, construction, and performance of equipment, systems and chemicals used in both residential and public pool\/spa environments. The scope covers components such as filters, pumps, valves, chemical feeders, UV systems, water-quality test devices, and piping materials. This edition superseded the 2019 version and incorporates new sections including treatment chemicals and updated testing protocols for turbidity reduction and Cryptosporidium oocyst reduction. The standard is referenced in many U.S. national and state pool codes and is an important resource for specifying compliant pool and spa equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis Standard covers materials, chemicals, components, products, equipment and systems related to public and residential recreational water facility operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #fc0404;\"\u003eNOTE: This reference is no longer used for testing in Florida effective April 1, 2023. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"metadata\"\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"text\/javascript\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.inspectlet.com\/inspectifr\/1199436174.js\"\u003e\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"NSF","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32603998477,"sku":"NSF 50-2020","price":637.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/2224650.jpg?v=1639417959"},{"product_id":"complete-book-set-for-north-carolina-nascla-exam","title":"North Carolina NASCLA Examination for Commercial General Building Contractors Complete Book Set","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align: center; color: #000;\"\u003eNorth Carolina NASCLA Examination for Commercial General Building Contractors Complete Book Set\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eThe North Carolina NASCLA Examination for Commercial General Building Contractors Complete Book Set provides all state-approved trade references required for the NASCLA-accredited commercial general building contractor licensing exam in North Carolina. The set includes codes and manuals covering structural design principles, concrete and masonry standards, carpentry and framing, roofing systems, sitework and excavation practices, safety regulations, project management, estimating and bidding, and contractor business and law requirements. Aligned with One Exam Prep’s structured exam-prep format, the collection supplies the technical criteria and regulatory guidance essential for performing compliant commercial building construction throughout North Carolina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook package includes all of the following books for the NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Examination:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNorth Carolina NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business Law and Project Management 10th edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction Jobsite Management, 5th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction Project Management, 5th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eACI 318-19: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBCSI: Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining, and Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses, 2025\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNASCLA Contractors' Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, Basic 14th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErectors' Manual - Standards and Guidelines for the Erection of Pre Cast Concrete Products, 1999, 2nd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraining and Certification of Field Personnel for Unbonded Post-Tensioning - Level 1 Field Fundamentals, 2003, 3rd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSDI (Steel Deck Institute) Manual of Construction with Steel Deck, 2016, 3rd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting, 2011, Dave Roberts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGypsum Construction Handbook, 7th edition, 2014\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing Reinforcing Bars, Recommended Practices, 10th edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTechnical Digest No. 9 – Handling and Erection of Steel Joists and Joist Girders, 3rd Edition, 2008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern Masonry - Brick, Block, Stone, Clois E. Kicklighter, 10th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinciples and Practices of Commercial Construction, 11th Edition, Cameron K. Andres and Ronald C. Smith\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA), with latest available amendments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry and Building Construction, 2016 (Student Edition), John L. Feirer and Mark D. Feirer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eICC A117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, 2017\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Contractor's Guide to Quality Concrete Construction, 2018, 4th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Building Fundamentals, Michael Montoya, 2011, 2nd edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternational Building Code, 2021 Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDeveloping Your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan - A Guide for Construction Sites\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eANSI\/EIMA 99-A-2017: Standard Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) and EIFS with Drainage, 2017\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMechanical and Electrical Systems for Construction Managers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome states do require contractors to pass a separate “Business and Law Exam”. This exam is open book and requires the State specific NASCLA Business, Law and Project Management book. This book would be required in addition to the Basic NASCLA Business, Law and Project Management book required for the NASCLA Exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll products and company names are trademarksTM\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor registered ® trademarks and\/or copyrights of their respective holders.  Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by the respective holders.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32605357261,"sku":"1EXAM-SETNCNAS","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/NorthCarolinaNASCLA10thEdition.jpg?v=1718291448"},{"product_id":"complete-book-set-for-nascla-accredited-examination-national-commerci","title":"NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam Complete Book Set","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align: center; color: #000;\"\u003eNASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam Complete Book Set\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eThe *NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam Complete Book Set* is a comprehensive package that includes all official reference books required for the open-book exam administered under the National Association of State Contractors Licensing Agencies (NASCLA) accreditation. The set typically includes 23–24 trade-references covering construction jobsite management, project management, structural concrete and code standards, wood truss handling, business \u0026amp; law fundamentals, precast erection, post-tensioning, steel deck construction, pipe and excavation practices, gypsum construction, reinforcing bars placement, steel joist handling, modern masonry, commercial construction principles, OSHA regulations, carpentry and building construction, accessibility standards, roofing construction and estimating, quality concrete construction, green-building fundamentals, international building codes, storm-water pollution prevention, EIFS standards, and mechanical \u0026amp; electrical systems for construction managers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNASCLA Examination Commercial General Building Contractor Book Package. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eThis book package is good for: Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Nevada, North Carolina, Oregon, South Carolina, Tennessee, Utah, Virginia, West Virginia and US Virgin Islands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook package includes all of the following books for the NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Examination:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction Jobsite Management, 5th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction Project Management, 5th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eACI 318-19: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBCSI: Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining, and Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses, 2025\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNASCLA Contractors' Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, Basic 14th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErectors' Manual - Standards and Guidelines for the Erection of Pre Cast Concrete Products, 1999, 2nd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraining and Certification of Field Personnel for Unbonded Post-Tensioning - Level 1 Field Fundamentals, 2003, 3rd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSDI (Steel Deck Institute) Manual of Construction with Steel Deck, 2016, 3rd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting, 2011, Dave Roberts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGypsum Construction Handbook, 7th edition, 2014\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing Reinforcing Bars, Recommended Practices, 10th edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTechnical Digest No. 9 – Handling and Erection of Steel Joists and Joist Girders, 3rd Edition, 2008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern Masonry - Brick, Block, Stone, Clois E. Kicklighter, 10th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinciples and Practices of Commercial Construction, 11th Edition, Cameron K. Andres and Ronald C. Smith\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA), with latest available amendments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry and Building Construction, 2016 (Student Edition), John L. Feirer and Mark D. Feirer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eICC A117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, 2017\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Contractor's Guide to Quality Concrete Construction, 2018, 4th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Building Fundamentals, Michael Montoya, 2011, 2nd edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternational Building Code, 2021 Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDeveloping Your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan - A Guide for Construction Sites\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eANSI\/EIMA 99-A-2017: Standard Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) and EIFS with Drainage, 2017\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMechanical and Electrical Systems for Construction Managers,\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eNASCLA Examination for Commercial General Building Contractors\u003c\/strong\u003e is used by State Licensing Agencies to test commercial general building contractor candidates who are applying for a contractor’s license. The exam is designed to reduce redundant licensing requirements and assist contractors who need to be licensed in multiple jurisdictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest with Confidence!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe exam is OPEN BOOK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe exam is 5-1\/2 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe exam has 115 questions, with a minimum passing score of 81\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you pass the NASCLA Examination for Commercial Building Contractors, your name will be entered into the NASCLA National Examination Database (NED) and you may use this information in other states that accept that NASCLA Examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContractors who take the examination can access NASCLA’s examination database and request that their results be sent to other jurisdictions that accept the examination, thereby reducing redundant licensing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eState Contractor Licensing Agencies currently Administering the NASCLA Exam include;\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlabama, Georgia, Mississippi, South Carolina, and US Virgin Islands\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eState Contractor Licensing Agencies currently Accepting the NASCLA Exam include;\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Nevada, North Carolina, Oregon, South Carolina, Tennessee, Utah, Virginia, West Virginia, and US Virgin Islands\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome states do require contractors to pass a separate “Business and Law Exam”. This exam is open book and requires the State-specific NASCLA Business, Law and Project Management book. This book would be required in addition to the Basic NASCLA Business, Law and Project Management book required for the NASCLA Exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome states do require contractors to pass a separate “Business and Law Exam”. This exam is open book and requires the State-specific NASCLA Business, Law and Project Management book. This book would be required in addition to the Basic NASCLA Business, Law and Project Management book required for the NASCLA Exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 1 Exam Prep, we have the proven process of passing any open book contractor exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"NASCLA Complete Online Exam Prep course\" href=\"https:\/\/1examprep.com\/collections\/nascla-online\/products\/nascla-accredited-examination-national-commercial-general-building\"\u003eOur online course is an additional charge and can be found here for purchase. \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll products and company names are trademarksTM or registered ® trademarks and\/or copyrights of their respective holders.  Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by the respective holders.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32605411533,"sku":"1EXAM-SETNASGEN","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Construction_Jobsite_Management.jpg?v=1528140917"},{"product_id":"new-jersey-nascla-contractors-guide-to-business-law-and-project-management-nj-tabs-bundle-pak","title":"New Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NJ 2nd Edition - Tabs Bundle Pak","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNew Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NJ 2nd Edition – Tabs Bundle Pak\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe *New Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, 2nd Edition* is the officially approved reference for contractor-licensing exams in New Jersey, published by NASCLA. This Tabs Bundle Pak version includes both the textbook and the pre-printed quick-reference tabs to streamline navigation during open-book testing. The guide is structured into three major parts: (1) business planning and startup including licensing, insurance, and business entity fundamentals; (2) operational functions such as estimating, contract management, scheduling, project management, safety, and environmental responsibilities; and (3) administrative operations covering financial management, tax basics, and lien laws. The NASCLA Bookstore specifies that the 2nd Edition (ISBN 978-1-948558-24-2) became the basis for examinations in New Jersey starting June 1 2025.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to receiving the NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, New Jersey 2nd Edition you will also receive our quick reference tabs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur permanent quick reference tabs will help you navigate quickly through this book during your exam. These tabs are self-adhesive and must be added at least one day prior for sufficient adhesive power. these are more specific than any other school or bookstore !\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDont get tricked ! You get what you pay for with our colored tabs !\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the Testing Facility Proctor is the deciding factor on whether or not tabs will be accepted and allowed into the exam. If the tabs do not adhere properly, they will not be accepted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll products and company names are trademarksTM\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor registered ® trademarks and\/or copyrights of their respective holders.  Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by the respective holders.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NASCLA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32605744973,"sku":"9781948558242-Bundle","price":134.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/NASCLA_New_Jersey_1st_Ed_Book_and_Tabs_120e298e-0f36-4648-b63b-20f932b381f8.png?v=1517432094"},{"product_id":"nfpa-14-standard-for-the-installation-of-standpipe-and-hose-systems-2016","title":"NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, 2016","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 14 – Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, 2016\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe *NFPA 14 Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, 2016 Edition* establishes the requirements for the design, installation, testing, and maintenance of standpipe and hose systems used in buildings to support manual firefighting operations. It defines system classifications, water-supply criteria, pressure and flow requirements, pipe materials, valves, signage, and acceptance testing procedures. Referenced in One Exam Prep materials, this edition guides contractors, engineers, and inspectors in implementing code-compliant standpipe installations for fire protection in new and existing structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eNFPA 14: Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, 2016\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall standpipe and hose system with updated requirements in\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ci\u003eNFPA 14.\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater-based fire protection keeps evolving. The latest edition of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ci\u003eNFPA 14: Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems \u003c\/i\u003ereflects major industry changes, to help you improve fire protection and fire safety through correct design, installation, testing, inspection, and maintenance. It's an industry essential from project planning throughout the life of the standpipe or hose system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eRevised for consistency with the 2016 edition of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ci\u003eNFPA 13: Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 14\u003c\/i\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eincludes chapters on:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSystem components and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlans and calculations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater supply and water supply testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSystem acceptance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuildings under construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting, inspection, and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSignificant revisions in this edition involve:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection of aboveground piping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndicating-type valve requirement for controlling branch lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClass I Systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal exits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClarified minimum sizes for standpipes and branch lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32606052557,"sku":"9781455912940","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/NFPA14.png?v=1602784201"},{"product_id":"nfpa-99-health-care-facilities-code-2018-edition","title":"NFPA 99: Health Care Facilities Code, 2018 Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 99: Health Care Facilities Code, 2018 Edition\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe *NFPA 99 Health Care Facilities Code, 2018 Edition* establishes performance-based safety requirements for health care facilities, addressing electrical systems, gas and vacuum systems, fire protection, emergency management, IT and communications infrastructure, and equipment maintenance needed to minimize risks to patients and staff. It organizes facilities by risk category rather than occupancy type, guiding compliance for hospitals, clinics, dental offices, and long-term care environments. Used in One Exam Prep study programs, this edition supports contractors, inspectors, and designers responsible for code-compliant installation and management of critical health-care building systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe 2018 edition of NFPA 99,\u003cem\u003e Health Care Facilities Code\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emakes performance criteria more usable, enforceable, and adoptable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA must-have resource for everyone involved in health care safety, NFPA 99,\u003cem\u003e Health Care Facilities Code\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eprovides performance criteria for health care facilities that follow a risk-based approach, where it is the risk posed to patients and staff, not the type of building, that defines safety guidelines. Provisions govern installation, inspection, testing, maintenance, performance, and safe practices for facilities, material, equipment, and appliances -- including medical gas and vacuum systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMajor changes in the 2018 edition broaden the Code's scope and help you work more efficiently to ensure health care safety:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequirements addressing the risk assessment in Chapter 4 have been revised to clarify the responsibility for conducting a risk assessment and determining risk categories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 5 includes requirements that now allow for the use of oxygen concentrators as central supply sources for piped medical gas systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrugated medical tubing is now a permitted material for medical gas and vacuum systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 6 is completely reorganized to group related requirements, allowing for the deletion of duplicated requirements for different types of EES.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 7 now includes requirements for wireless phone and paging integration as well as for clinical information systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 14 compiles all of the requirements for inspection, testing, and maintenance for hyperbaric facilities into one section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA new Chapter 15, Dental Gas and Vacuum Piping Systems is dedicated to the application of piped gas and vacuum systems for these systems that do not always readily fall under the requirements for medical gas and vacuum as addressed in Chapter 5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequirements for fire extinguisher selection are included in Chapter 16 for spaces unique to health care facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISBN: \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e9781455916795\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32606155085,"sku":"9781455916795","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/NFPA992018.png?v=1602786741"},{"product_id":"nfpa-96-standard-for-ventilation-control-and-fire-protection-of-comme","title":"NFPA 96: Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, 2017 Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 96: Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, 2017 Edition\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThis exam-prep reference is aligned with the 2017 edition of the NFPA 96 standard published by National Fire Protection Association, covering requirements for ventilation control and fire protection in commercial cooking operations including design, installation, operation, inspection and maintenance of hoods, grease removal devices, exhaust systems, fans, fire-suppression systems and clearances to combustibles. It is relevant for professionals preparing for certification or licensing exams related to kitchen fire-safety systems and code compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 96 requirements increase fire safety for everyone around public and private commercial kitchens -- from building occupants to equipment installers, hood cleaners, and inspectors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnique conditions in public and private commercial kitchens require special precautions for fire safety. Be prepared with the latest protocols in the 2017 edition of NFPA 96,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eStandard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 96 provides state-of-the-art safety guidelines for designing, installing, operating, inspecting, and maintaining the full spectrum of:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStove exhaust hoods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrease-removal devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking exhaust systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFire-suppression systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance to combustibles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNew shading makes it easy to spot revisions in the 2017 edition.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGray shading within sections indicates technical changes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClarification in the body of the Standard that NFPA 96 covers both fixed and mobile cooking equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe term\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003esolid fuel\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis used in lieu of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003echarcoal\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto cover the different types of solid fuel, not just one type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA device installed in a duct, such as a pollution control device, now must be protected by its own fire extinguishing system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"N\" icons flag new Articles, text, tables, and figures. Bullets show where paragraphs were deleted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA new Annex helps users and AHJs ensure safety protocols are met.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2017 edition adds a new normative annex on mobile and temporary cooking Operations, which is written in mandatory language but is not intended to be enforced unless specifically adopted by a jurisdiction or is applied on a voluntary basis. This annex includes requirements not limited to clearance, hoods, ducts, terminations, fire extinguishing systems, carbon monoxide detectors, location, training, generators, LP-gas, as well as procedures for the use, inspection, testing, and maintenance of equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISBN: 9781455916061\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32606561997,"sku":"9781455916061","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/NFPA962017.png?v=1602783338"},{"product_id":"nfpa-90a-installation-of-air-conditioning-and-ventilating-systems-2015","title":"NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2018","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align: center; color: #000;\"\u003eNFPA 90A Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2018\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eThe \u003ci\u003eNFPA 90A Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2018\u003c\/i\u003e establishes fire-safety requirements for the design, construction, installation, operation, and inspection of air-conditioning and ventilating systems in commercial, industrial, and large residential buildings. It covers fire-resistance of ducts, air-handling equipment, smoke-control provisions, dampers, plenum construction, materials, penetrations, inspection access, and system safeguards intended to limit the spread of fire and smoke through HVAC systems. Used within One Exam Prep study scopes, this edition supports contractors and exam candidates by outlining the code-aligned criteria essential for compliant HVAC system installation and building-safety integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 2018 NFPA 90A: Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems is essential for providing adequate fire protection in today's buildings. Use the industry-approved standard of care for HVAC to protect life and property from fire, smoke, and gases resulting from fire or similar conditions. NFPA 90A addresses every aspect of the construction, operation, and maintenance of air conditioning and ventilating systems -- including filters, ducts, and related equipment. Designers, contractors, and owners gain greater assurance in fire protection by using the latest provisions. Requirements are used to prevent the migration of smoke and reduce the potential for fire in forced air systems in buildings that are over 25,000 cubic feet or Types III, IV, and V construction over three stories in height. It also applies to other buildings and structures not covered by other applicable NFPA® standards. NFPA 90A addresses: HVAC systems, components, and air distribution Integration of a ventilation and air-conditioning system(s) with building construction Controls including wiring, manual control, smoke dampers, and smoke detection for automatic control Acceptance testing NFPA 90A plays an integral role in providing adequate fire protection in today's buildings. Stay up-to-code and keep HVAC systems fire safe.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32607136013,"sku":"9781455908981","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/31zxvhIHkkL._BO1_204_203_200_142dc970-0f2b-4852-8dda-01a0cd24d27c.jpg?v=1517430985"},{"product_id":"nrca-roofing-manual-steep-slope-roof-systems-2025","title":"NRCA Roofing Manual: Steep-slope Roof Systems, 2025","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Steep-Slope Roof Systems, 2025\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe 2025 edition of the National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) Roofing Manual: Steep-Slope Roof Systems provides in-depth coverage of design, materials, installation and construction-details for steep-slope roof systems (defined generally as slopes exceeding 3:12) with dedicated sections on asphalt shingle, clay and concrete tile, metal shingle, slate, and wood shake\/wood shingle roof systems. Notable updates from the 2021 edition include: • Revised minimum plywood sheathing thickness and elimination of oriented strand board (OSB) recommendation for steep-slope decks. • New guidance for non-wood deck and nailable substrate materials, updated high-wind region recommendations, and new Appendices addressing compliance with International Building Code (IBC) 2024 and International Residential Code (IRC) 2024. • A total of 234+ construction detail drawings across all five system types and supplemental content for slate repair and the Insurance Institute for Business \u0026amp; Home Safety (IBHS) FORTIFIED Roof™ program.This manual is published in hard-copy and digital formats and is recommended as a reference for roofing contractors, architects, designers and those studying for licensing or certification in the roofing trade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp id=\"ags-store-prdDesc\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cem\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Steep-slope Roof Systems, 2025\u003c\/em\u003e manual provides you with valuable information about the design, materials and installation techniques applicable to steep-slope roof system applications. With five comprehensive sections—Asphalt Shingle Roof Systems, Clay and Concrete Tile Roof Systems, Metal Shingle Roof Systems, Slate Roof Systems, and Wood Shake and Wood Shingle Roof Systems—this manual is a welcome addition to your technical library.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach section includes in-depth information about roof assembly configurations, roof decks, underlayments, materials, design and installation. Construction details are provided in each section as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAsphalt Shingle Roof Systems: 24 construction details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClay and Concrete Tile Roof Systems: 92 construction details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal Shingle Roof Systems: 20 construction details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlate Roof Systems: 22 construction details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWood Shake and Wood Shingle Roof Systems: 76 construction details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditionally, NRCA has updated and revised The NRCA Roofing Manual: Steep-slope Roof Systems—2025 content to maintain its position as an authoritative up-to-date industry reference. Notable changes include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew recommendations regarding other-than-wood roof deck and nailing substrate materials in steep-slope applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRevised recommendations for high-wind region steep-slope applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew and revised construction details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRevised appendixes address steep-slope roof system compliance with IBC 2024 and IRC 2024 provisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew appendixes address roofing slate repairs and IBHS’s FORTIFIED RoofTM program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard Copy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NRCA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":36531018637,"sku":"0427","price":199.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2025NRCASteep-Slope_a5a8b4df-db69-4fb2-b003-66883aa0e456.jpg?v=1740176585"},{"product_id":"pre-printed-tab-nec-2014","title":"NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC), 2014 Edition; Pre-Printed Tabs","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC), 2014 Edition – Pre-Printed Tabs\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC), 2014 Edition – Pre-Printed Tabs is a set of durable, color-coded index markers designed to accompany the 2014 NEC code book to facilitate rapid navigation during study, reference or open-book examination settings. According to the product listing, it is offered as a standalone accessory meant to be applied to the 2014 NEC edition rather than as a complete book-plus-tabs bundle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPre Printed Tab NEC 2014","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37225531085,"sku":"37225531085","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/5190qJ2L9HL_26524af4-1b81-48ce-ba89-57a699a90541.jpg?v=1517431961"},{"product_id":"virginia-swiming-pool-construction-contracting-exam-prep-course","title":"New Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNew Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor examination with a focused online exam prep course designed around the technical knowledge, reference books, and open-book test strategies associated with the Swimming Pool Construction Contracting specialty. This course gives candidates a structured way to study pool construction, concrete, shotcrete, excavation, reinforcing steel, building-code requirements, and swimming pool and spa provisions without relying on random review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Board for Contractors identifies Swimming Pool Construction Contracting by the specialty abbreviation POL. The specialty covers the construction, repair, improvement, or removal of in-ground swimming pools. Virginia's defined scope does not include trade-related plumbing, electrical, backflow, or HVAC work under the POL specialty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor exam requires candidates to work across several technical areas. Pool construction is not limited to one trade topic. Candidates may need to understand site preparation, excavation, reinforcing bars, concrete materials, shotcrete application, structural requirements, pool and spa code provisions, safety-related concepts, and the terminology used throughout the construction process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis online exam prep course is organized to help candidates connect those subjects with the technical references used during preparation. Instead of reading every book from beginning to end, candidates can focus on the sections most relevant to the examination while learning how to locate information more efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book contractor examinations require a different approach from closed-book tests. Memorization alone is not enough, but neither is simply owning the reference books. Candidates should know which book is most likely to answer a particular question, how each reference is organized, and how to use indexes, tables of contents, chapters, tables, definitions, and technical terminology under exam conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe online format allows candidates to move through the material at their own pace and return to difficult areas as needed. Practice questions, reference-navigation work, and trade-focused review can be combined into a repeatable study routine that builds familiarity over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Exam Prep:\u003c\/strong\u003e Structured Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor exam preparation that can be completed online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference Book Guidance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Highlighting and tabbing guidance for the technical books used during preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice Questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Printable PDF practice questions organized around the reference books used for the exam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-Book Test Techniques:\u003c\/strong\u003e Study strategies designed to help candidates work more efficiently with multiple technical references.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Access to instructor support by phone and\/or email during the course.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCourse Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year of online course access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile-Compatible Study:\u003c\/strong\u003e Course access designed for studying on compatible mobile devices as well as computers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor examination is a Qualified Individual specialty examination associated with the POL designation. Contractor licensing is administered by the Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation Board for Contractors, and PSI administers the contractor examination program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecialty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swimming Pool Construction Contracting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecialty Abbreviation:\u003c\/strong\u003e POL\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulatory Authority:\u003c\/strong\u003e Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation Board for Contractors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam Vendor:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Contractor specialty examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam Format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Computer-administered examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVirginia requires successful completion of the applicable examination before applying for licensure when an examination is required for the Qualified Individual. Candidates seeking the Swimming Pool Construction Contracting specialty must satisfy the applicable Board requirements associated with the POL designation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical exam is intended to measure competency related to the specialty. Candidates should prepare across the range of subjects involved in in-ground swimming pool construction rather than concentrating on a single book or technical area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia contractor specialty examinations administered through PSI are open book. Candidates must bring their own permitted reference materials because the books are not supplied at the test site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePSI permits reference materials to be highlighted, underlined, and indexed before the examination. Permanent tabs are allowed, while removable tabs are not permitted. References containing writing are not allowed, and candidates may not write in the books during the examination session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese rules make advance preparation particularly important. Candidates should become familiar with every permitted reference before exam day. Large code books and technical manuals can contain hundreds of pages, so searching them without a strategy can consume valuable time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA strong open-book method begins by identifying the subject of the question. Pool-code requirements may point toward the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code. Building-related provisions may lead to the International Building Code. Concrete mixture questions may be located in Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, while shotcrete questions can direct candidates toward Guide to Shotcrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions involving reinforcing bars may require Placing Reinforcing Bars, while excavation and sitework concepts may be addressed through Pipe and Excavation Contracting. Pool operation or aquatic-system terminology may lead toward the Pool and Spa Operator Handbook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe course helps candidates practice these connections so the books become familiar tools rather than unfamiliar references used only on test day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor examination is one part of the overall contractor licensing process. Virginia licenses contractor businesses, and applicants must satisfy the requirements associated with their license class, specialty, Qualified Individual, and business structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetermine the appropriate Virginia contractor license class.\u003c\/strong\u003e Virginia contractor licenses are issued as Class A, Class B, or Class C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the applicable specialty.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swimming Pool Construction Contracting is identified by the abbreviation POL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Qualified Individual.\u003c\/strong\u003e The contractor business must designate a Qualified Individual for each requested classification or specialty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeet applicable experience requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Qualified Individual must satisfy the experience requirements associated with the license class and specialty being requested.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete required pre-license education.\u003c\/strong\u003e New contractor license applicants must complete eight hours of approved Virginia pre-license education through the appropriate member of the business.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObtain examination approval.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swimming Pool Construction Contracting is among the specialties that require the applicable Qualified Individual to receive approval and complete the required technical examination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule and take the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Approved candidates schedule their contractor specialty examination through PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the contractor license application.\u003c\/strong\u003e After meeting the applicable requirements, the business submits the required application materials to the Virginia Board for Contractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePassing the technical examination does not by itself issue a contractor license. The business must satisfy all applicable licensing requirements before the Board can issue the requested Virginia contractor license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Board for Contractors licenses businesses engaged in construction, removal, repair, or improvement work on property owned by others. Contractor licenses consist of a license class and one or more classifications or specialties. The class determines the level of contracting activity, while the specialty identifies the type of work the contractor is authorized to perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwimming Pool Construction Contracting, abbreviated POL, covers the construction, repair, improvement, or removal of in-ground swimming pools. The specialty does not include trade-related plumbing, electrical, backflow, or HVAC work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVirginia requires every contractor business to identify a Qualified Individual for each applicable classification or specialty. Swimming Pool Construction Contracting is one of the specialties requiring examination approval and successful completion of a technical examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVirginia also requires eight hours of approved pre-license education for applicants seeking a new Class A, Class B, or Class C contractor license. For Class A and Class B applicants, the education must be completed by a member of Responsible Management or the Designated Employee. For Class C applicants, a member of Responsible Management must complete the education.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pre-license education requirement is separate from this Swimming Pool Construction Contractor exam prep course. The pre-license course addresses business and regulatory requirements, while this course is focused on the technical POL examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor online exam prep course is organized around the following technical references:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePool and Spa Operator Handbook\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis pool- and spa-focused reference addresses aquatic facility terminology, operating concepts, water systems, maintenance principles, safety considerations, and other topics associated with swimming pool and spa environments. Candidates can use it to strengthen familiarity with pool-specific terminology and systems.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign and Control of Concrete Mixtures, 17th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis concrete reference covers cementitious materials, aggregates, water, admixtures, mixture proportioning, batching, mixing, transportation, placement, curing, testing, strength, durability, and other properties important to concrete construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide to Shotcrete, 2016 or 2022\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis technical reference covers shotcrete materials, equipment, application procedures, placement methods, construction practices, and quality considerations. Shotcrete knowledge is particularly relevant to reinforced in-ground pool construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternational Building Code, 2021\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 2021 International Building Code contains requirements affecting structural construction, foundations, materials, safeguards, inspections, and other building-related provisions. Candidates should become familiar with its chapter organization and code terminology.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternational Swimming Pool and Spa Code, 2021\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis specialized code addresses construction and safety requirements for swimming pools, spas, and related aquatic facilities. Topics include pool-specific construction provisions, barriers, safety features, circulation-related requirements, and other regulated elements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis construction reference covers excavation, trenching, earthwork, grades, layout, equipment, site conditions, and underground construction procedures. These subjects support understanding of site preparation for in-ground pool construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacing Reinforcing Bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis reinforcing-steel reference addresses bar identification, supports, placement, ties, splices, tolerances, and field practices used in reinforced concrete construction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA productive study plan should combine technical learning, practice questions, and direct use of the reference books. Begin by learning the purpose of each reference so you can associate specific topics with the correct book.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePool-specific preparation should include familiarity with swimming pool and spa terminology, code provisions, safety requirements, barriers, construction features, and other regulated elements. The International Swimming Pool and Spa Code should become one of the primary resources for pool-related code questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete preparation should cover ingredients, mixture proportioning, placement, curing, strength, durability, and testing. Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures provides a broad technical foundation for these subjects. Candidates should understand both basic concrete principles and how to find more detailed information in the reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eShotcrete preparation should focus on materials, application methods, placement procedures, equipment, and quality considerations. Guide to Shotcrete gives candidates a dedicated resource for studying pneumatically applied concrete used in many pool-construction applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReinforcing-steel preparation should include bar identification, supports, ties, splices, placement, and common field practices. Placing Reinforcing Bars can help candidates connect reinforced concrete terminology with practical installation methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExcavation preparation should include earthwork, trenches, layout, grades, site conditions, equipment, and related construction procedures. Pipe and Excavation Contracting can help candidates strengthen this part of their technical knowledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePractice questions are most effective when they become reference-navigation exercises. After answering a question, locate the supporting information in the appropriate book. Identify the keyword that led you to the correct section and review nearby material so you understand the broader concept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe online course includes printable PDF practice questions for the reference books along with highlighting and tabbing guidance. These materials help candidates create a repeatable study process instead of relying only on passive reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book test techniques are also part of the preparation. Candidates can practice deciding when to answer from knowledge, when to verify an answer in a reference, and when to move on rather than spending too much time searching for one item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor candidates organize their preparation around the technical subjects and reference materials connected to the POL specialty. The course combines trade-focused review, practice-oriented preparation, reference navigation, and a structured online study format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHighlighting and tabbing guidance helps candidates prepare their permitted references for faster navigation. Learning where major topics are located can make large code books and technical manuals easier to use during study and under exam conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrintable practice questions give candidates opportunities to apply what they are learning. Rather than simply reading chapters, candidates can work through questions, identify the appropriate reference, locate supporting information, and reinforce the concept behind the answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe course also includes open-book testing techniques designed to help candidates manage multiple references more efficiently. A practical exam strategy depends on recognizing keywords, selecting the correct book, using indexes and tables of contents effectively, and avoiding unnecessary searches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstructor support by phone and\/or email gives candidates another resource when questions arise during preparation. The 1 year of online course access also provides time to revisit difficult topics and continue practicing at a pace that fits individual study needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe goal is to give candidates an organized path through swimming pool construction topics such as pool codes, concrete, shotcrete, excavation, reinforcing steel, structural requirements, and technical reference navigation. Consistent practice can help candidates build stronger familiarity with the material and approach the examination with a clearer study strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFAQ Section\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat is included in the Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor Online Exam Prep Course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course includes online exam preparation, highlighting and tabbing guidance, printable PDF practice questions for the reference books, open-book testing techniques, instructor support by phone and\/or email, and 1 year of online course access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat is the Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor specialty code?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Virginia Board for Contractors identifies Swimming Pool Construction Contracting with the specialty abbreviation POL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat work does the POL specialty cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe specialty covers construction, repair, improvement, and removal of in-ground swimming pools. Trade-related plumbing, electrical, backflow, and HVAC work are not included within the specialty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWho administers the Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePSI administers contractor examinations for the Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation Board for Contractors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the Virginia Swimming Pool Construction Contractor exam open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Virginia contractor examinations administered through PSI are open book, and candidates must bring their own permitted references.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eCan I highlight and tab my exam books?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. PSI permits references to be highlighted, underlined, and indexed before the examination. Permanent tabs are allowed, but removable tabs are not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow long do I have access to the online exam prep course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course includes 1 year of online access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course include practice questions?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Printable PDF practice questions are included for the reference books used in the course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes this course replace Virginia's required pre-license education?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Virginia's eight-hour pre-license education requirement is separate from technical preparation for the Swimming Pool Construction Contracting examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes completing the course guarantee that I will pass the exam or receive a contractor license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The course provides study guidance, practice materials, reference-navigation support, and exam preparation. Examination results and licensing approval depend on meeting the applicable requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":46033170694201,"sku":"514535-A-1","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$200]","offer_id":46033170726969,"sku":"514535-A-2","price":495.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/1EXAM_PRODUCTS-58-VA-POOL-COURSE.png?v=1742494844"},{"product_id":"new-mexico-business-and-law-course","title":"New Mexico Business and Law - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNew Mexico Business and Law – Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThis online course is designed for candidates taking the business and law portion of the New Mexico contractor licensing examination, covering topics such as licensing statutes and regulations, contract bonds and insurance, business organization and management, payroll and taxes, and business ethics and construction risk management, and includes practice tests, timed drills, and reference-navigation tips to streamline exam readiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/LLUDlEytYKo\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGet one \u003cnobr\u003estep\u003c\/nobr\u003e closer to becoming a New Mexico Contractor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewith a prep course designed by 1ExamPrep to help you conquer the required New Mexico Business and Law\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eexamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the \u003cnobr\u003e\u003c\/nobr\u003e\u003cnobr\u003eonline\u003c\/nobr\u003e course structure to tailor your prep to your individual learning style. You’ll have a full year of \u003cnobr\u003e\u003c\/nobr\u003e\u003cnobr\u003eaccess\u003c\/nobr\u003e to the online course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-hour test-taking techniques and practice exams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighlights and Tabs locations for all reference materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBook overview and instructional videos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractice Exams with 100's of test questions in a simulated format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 year of online \u003cnobr\u003eaccess\u003c\/nobr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\u003c!--\n.GFG { \n            background-color: steelblue; \n            border: 2px dark grey; \n            color: white; \n            padding: 10px 20px; \n            text-align: center; \n            display: inline-block; \n            font-size: 18px; \n            margin: 30px 10px; \n            cursor: pointer; \n        }\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003cbutton class=\"GFG\" onclick=\"window.location.href = 'https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/nascla-business-and-law-12th-ed-sample-questions.pdf?v=1635874004';\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFREE SAMPLE QUESTIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/button\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cnobr\u003eAndroid\u003c\/nobr\u003e and iOS \u003cnobr\u003eCompatible\u003c\/nobr\u003e - \u003cnobr\u003eComplete\u003c\/nobr\u003e the course on your phone, anytime or anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":46146076049465,"sku":"644691-A-1","price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$100]","offer_id":46146076082233,"sku":"644691-A-2","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/New_Mexico_Business_and_Law_Course_467aeaaf-7e5c-4c0d-963b-ddadd78e774d.png?v=1517430835"},{"product_id":"new-mexico-gb-98-general-building-contractor-part-2-examination-exam-prep-course","title":"New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 (GB-98) Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNew Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 (GB-98) Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 (GB-98) Online Exam Prep Course is designed for contractors preparing for the New Mexico GB-98 General Building Contractor Part 2 examination. This course supports candidates who need a structured way to study the major construction, code, safety, concrete, masonry, steel, carpentry, excavation, plan reading, and estimating topics covered on the exam. Because the GB-98 classification covers a broad building construction scope, candidates benefit from organized exam preparation that helps connect the required reference materials to the types of questions they may encounter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis online exam prep course is built around the reference materials listed for this product, including the New Mexico Administrative Code Title 14, New Mexico Commercial Building Code, 2021 International Building Code, commercial construction references, concrete and masonry standards, steel construction references, OSHA construction safety standards, and additional trade materials. The course helps candidates study with a clearer plan instead of trying to work through a large book list without direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 exam is an open book contractor trade exam. Open book testing means candidates may use approved references during the exam, but it also means they need strong reference-navigation skills. Candidates should understand which book applies to each topic, where to locate important sections, and how to use indexes, chapter headings, tables, and diagrams efficiently. This course helps students focus their study time on practical exam readiness, trade topic review, and code-based preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor contractors with field experience, this course helps translate jobsite knowledge into exam preparation. A candidate may understand construction work in the field but still need practice applying code language, OSHA rules, estimating concepts, plan reading details, and formal construction references to exam questions. The goal of this course is to help candidates become more organized, more confident, and more familiar with the reference materials used for the New Mexico GB-98 Part 2 exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 (GB-98) examination is a contractor trade exam for candidates pursuing the GB-98 General Building Contractor classification. The exam measures knowledge of commercial building construction, jobsite practices, building code requirements, construction materials, OSHA safety standards, estimating, plan reading, and trade applications. Candidates should be prepared for questions that require both construction knowledge and the ability to locate information in approved reference materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe General Building Contractor Part 2 examination includes \u003cstrong\u003e100 questions\u003c\/strong\u003e, has a \u003cstrong\u003e310-minute time limit\u003c\/strong\u003e, and requires a \u003cstrong\u003e75% passing score\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because the exam covers a large reference list, preparation should include more than reading. Candidates should practice identifying which reference applies to each subject, locating answers quickly, and applying the correct construction or code provision to the question being asked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMajor exam content areas include sitework, footings and foundations, concrete and reinforcement, masonry, carpentry, metals, roofing, associated trades, general code, plan reading, estimating, and OSHA safety. These topics reflect the broad technical scope expected of a New Mexico general building contractor. Candidates should be prepared for direct reference questions, practical construction scenarios, safety questions, calculation-style questions, and plan-based questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is designed to support study across the listed reference materials. Candidates should use the course alongside the required books and develop a regular study routine. The most effective preparation includes reviewing exam topics, learning reference organization, practicing timed lookups, and revisiting challenging subjects until the material becomes more familiar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 (GB-98) exam is an \u003cstrong\u003eopen book test\u003c\/strong\u003e. Open book testing allows candidates to use approved reference materials during the exam, but it does not remove the need for careful preparation. Candidates still need to read questions closely, manage time effectively, and know where to find the correct information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor this exam, the reference list is extensive. Candidates should practice using tables of contents, indexes, glossary sections, chapter headings, diagrams, charts, and code tables. A question may require the International Building Code, OSHA standards, concrete references, masonry standards, steel construction references, carpentry materials, excavation content, or New Mexico code materials. Knowing which book to use first can save valuable time during the exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBooks should be prepared according to current testing rules. Highlighting, underlining, and tabbing can help when allowed by the testing provider. Candidates should keep all reference materials compliant with exam instructions and avoid relying on first-time book navigation during the actual test. The strongest open book preparation comes from repeated practice before exam day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNew Mexico contractor licensing is connected to both the business entity and the qualifying party. The qualifying party is the individual who demonstrates the required experience and passes the required examination for the license classification. For the GB-98 General Building Contractor classification, candidates should follow the New Mexico contractor licensing process and make sure their experience documentation, exam approval, business information, and application materials match the classification being pursued.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA practical licensing path begins with identifying the correct classification. Candidates should prepare the qualifying party application, gather required experience records, and submit the necessary materials for review. After approval to test, the candidate can schedule the required examination. Candidates should also complete the business and law requirement associated with the New Mexico contractor licensing process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter passing the required exam, the contractor business must complete the license application process. This may include business entity information, qualifying party documentation, tax registration information, bonding documents, and required application forms. Candidates should keep copies of exam results, work experience documentation, registration records, and licensing paperwork for their own files.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis online exam prep course supports the study portion of the licensing path. It helps candidates prepare for the trade examination by focusing on exam topics, reference organization, and practical test readiness. Licensing approval depends on the applicant, qualifying party status, completed documentation, exam results, bonding, and compliance with current New Mexico requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNew Mexico regulates contractor licensing through state construction licensing statutes and administrative rules. Candidates pursuing the GB-98 General Building Contractor classification should be prepared to meet qualifying party requirements, examination requirements, business law requirements, bonding requirements, tax registration requirements, and business entity requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe GB-98 classification is connected to general building construction, which means the exam preparation scope is wide. Candidates should study commercial building code requirements, construction systems, safety standards, estimating, plan reading, concrete, masonry, steel, roofing, carpentry, sitework, and excavation. Since the classification covers a broad range of building construction knowledge, preparation should be organized around both code requirements and practical trade topics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should make sure their exam, reference materials, and application path match the license classification being pursued. The New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 (GB-98) Online Exam Prep Course supports preparation for the trade exam, while the state licensing process controls application approval, qualifying party acceptance, and license issuance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNew Mexico Administrative Code Title 14, 2015\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdministrative code material supporting New Mexico construction regulatory and code requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNew Mexico Commercial Building Code (NMAC 14.7.2), 2021\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNew Mexico commercial building code provisions used for commercial building construction requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternational Building Code, 2021\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilding code reference covering commercial construction requirements, occupancy, construction types, fire-resistance, means of egress, structural provisions, and related code topics.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrinciples and Practices of Commercial Construction, 11th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCommercial construction reference covering methods, materials, systems, project practices, and jobsite coordination concepts.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign and Control of Concrete Mixtures, 17th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConcrete reference covering mixture design, materials, properties, quality control, durability, and placement considerations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacing Reinforcing Bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReference covering reinforcing steel placement, bar supports, detailing concepts, and reinforced concrete field practices.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGypsum Construction Handbook, 7th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReference covering gypsum systems, assemblies, installation practices, finishes, and construction details.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSDI (Steel Deck Institute) Manual of Construction with Steel Deck\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteel deck reference covering deck construction practices, installation, fastening, and field coordination.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining and Certification of Field Personnel for Unbonded Post-Tensioning - Level 1 Field Fundamentals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReference covering field fundamentals for unbonded post-tensioning systems and related construction practices.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErectors' Manual – Standards and Guidelines for the Erection of PreCast Concrete Products, 2nd Edition, 1999\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrecast concrete erection reference covering handling, erection, safety practices, and field installation guidelines.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Digest No. 9 – Handling and Erection of Steel Joists and Joist Girders, 3rd Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteel joist reference covering handling, erection, safety, and field practices for joists and joist girders.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry and Building Construction, 2016\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConstruction reference covering framing, layout, carpentry methods, building materials, and general building practices.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern Masonry - Brick, Block, Stone, Clois E. Kicklighter, 10th Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMasonry reference covering brick, block, stone, mortar, tools, wall systems, and masonry construction practices.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReference covering sitework, excavation, trenching, pipe installation, and underground construction methods.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConstruction safety reference covering OSHA standards for jobsite safety, excavation, fall protection, scaffolding, ladders, and hazard control.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI 530\/530.1-13: Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Companion Commentaries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMasonry code and specification reference covering structural masonry requirements and companion commentary.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI 318-14: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStructural concrete code reference covering concrete design and construction provisions with commentary.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe GB-98 exam covers a broad building construction scope, so candidates should study by topic and connect each topic to the correct reference. Sitework and excavation topics should be reviewed with Pipe and Excavation Contracting, OSHA, and applicable code materials. Footings, foundations, concrete, reinforcement, and structural concrete topics should be studied with Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, Placing Reinforcing Bars, ACI 318-14, and the International Building Code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMasonry topics should be reviewed with Modern Masonry and ACI 530\/530.1. Steel topics connect to the SDI Manual of Construction with Steel Deck, Technical Digest No. 9, post-tensioning material, and the precast erection manual. Carpentry, framing, gypsum systems, roofing, and associated trades should be studied with the construction practice references and building code materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlan reading and estimating require practice with drawings, specifications, quantities, dimensions, construction sequencing, and material calculations. OSHA safety should be reviewed from 29 CFR Part 1926, including fall protection, excavation safety, scaffolding, ladders, personal protective equipment, hazard communication, and general jobsite safety standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe online course helps candidates organize these topics into a more manageable preparation plan. Instead of studying randomly, candidates can focus on subject areas, connect each topic to its reference book, and practice the type of reference navigation needed for open book testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps candidates prepare with organized study guidance, trade-focused review, practice-oriented preparation, reference navigation support, and confidence-building structure. The New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 (GB-98) Online Exam Prep Course helps students approach a large exam scope with a clearer plan and a more practical study routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith a large reference list, candidates need more than general reading. They need a method for locating answers, connecting topics to books, understanding construction terminology, and practicing open book navigation. 1 Exam Prep helps students build preparation habits around the actual exam structure, including code review, OSHA safety, plan reading, estimating, concrete, masonry, steel, carpentry, excavation, and general construction topics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is designed to support realistic preparation. No course can guarantee a passing score, licensing approval, state acceptance, business revenue, or future project results. This course helps candidates study smarter, use references more effectively, and build confidence through organized exam preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFAQ Section\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat is the New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 (GB-98) Online Exam Prep Course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis course is an online exam preparation option for candidates studying for the New Mexico GB-98 General Building Contractor Part 2 examination. It supports trade topic review, reference navigation, and open book exam preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the New Mexico GB-98 Part 2 exam open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The New Mexico General Building Contractor Part 2 exam is open book. Candidates should study the approved references before exam day and prepare their books according to current testing rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow many questions are on the GB-98 Part 2 exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe General Building Contractor Part 2 exam includes 100 questions, has a 310-minute time limit, and requires a 75% passing score.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat topics should I study for the GB-98 Part 2 exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should study sitework, footings and foundations, concrete and reinforcement, masonry, carpentry, metals, roofing, associated trades, general code, plan reading, estimating, and OSHA safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes this online course include the physical books?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is an online exam prep course. The listed books are the reference materials used to support preparation for the exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhy is reference navigation important for this exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exam is open book and uses a large reference list. Candidates need to know which book applies to each topic and how to locate information quickly during timed testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs field experience enough to prepare for the exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eField experience is valuable, but the exam also requires code knowledge, safety knowledge, plan reading, estimating, and strong use of the approved reference materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes this course guarantee that I will pass or receive a license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Exam results and licensing approval depend on the candidate, the application, testing performance, and state requirements. This course supports organized exam preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Online Self Study Course","offer_id":46266882687033,"sku":"12015905-A-1","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Online Self Study Course + Live \u0026 Recorded Classes [+$300]","offer_id":46266882719801,"sku":"12015905-A-2","price":595.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/NM_-General_Building_2-course_1.jpg?v=1783104643"},{"product_id":"new-mexico-commercial-building-code-nmac-14-7-2-2015","title":"New Mexico Commercial Building Code (NMAC 14.7.2), 2015","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNew Mexico Commercial Building Code (NMAC 14.7.2), 2015\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThis reference corresponds to NMAC 14.7.2, which adopts and amends the International Building Code for commercial structures in New Mexico. It outlines requirements for building classification, structural design, fire and life safety systems, accessibility, means of egress, construction materials, and inspection provisions used for compliance and exam preparation in commercial building regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eNew Mexico Commercial Building Code (NMAC 14.7.2), 2015 (15 pages)\u003c\/span\u003e","brand":"brown-1exam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39732817037,"sku":"1110000009450","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Book_3aab3620-18bb-4a92-a88f-aa0c3243602c.jpg?v=1518222484"},{"product_id":"new-mexico-administrative-code-title-14","title":"New Mexico Administrative Code Title 14","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNew Mexico Administrative Code Title 14\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThis reference covers New Mexico Administrative Code Title 14 (Housing and Construction), which includes regulatory chapters such as construction-industry licensing, building codes, plumbing, mechanical and electrical codes, and housing programs, supporting exam preparation for contractors and professionals working under New Mexico’s housing and construction rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eNew Mexico Administrative Code Title 14 (updated 2022)\u003c\/span\u003e","brand":"brown-1exam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39732827277,"sku":"1110000021660","price":79.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Book_f986eb33-90d1-44fd-a181-36350e7c23e4.jpg?v=1518217231"},{"product_id":"new-mexico-construction-industries-licensing-act-nmsa-chapter-60-article-13","title":"New Mexico Construction Industries Licensing Act (NMSA Chapter 60, Article 13)","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNew Mexico Construction Industries Licensing Act (NMSA Chapter 60, Article 13)\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThis reference covers the New Mexico Construction Industries Licensing Act found in NMSA Chapter 60, Article 13, outlining statutory requirements for contractor licensing, enforcement authority, administrative procedures, disciplinary actions, qualifying party obligations, classifications, and general regulatory provisions governing construction activities within the state, supporting exam preparation related to New Mexico construction law and compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eNew Mexico Construction Industries Licensing Act (NMSA Chapter 60, Article 13)\u003c\/span\u003e","brand":"brown-1exam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39732840589,"sku":"1110000013646","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Book_6eb57ad8-51de-439d-9241-97b90b7a8d48.jpg?v=1518222504"},{"product_id":"new-mexico-contractors-license-requirement-nmac-title-14-chapter-6-part-3-2006","title":"New Mexico Contractor's License Requirement (NMAC Title 14, Chapter 6, Part 3), 2006","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNew Mexico Contractor’s License Requirement (NMAC Title 14, Chapter 6, Part 3), 2006\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThis reference covers 14.6.3 NMAC — the section of the New Mexico Administrative Code titled “Contractor’s License Requirements” under Title 14 Housing and Construction, Chapter 6 Construction Industries Licensing. It outlines licensing rules including scope, statutory authority, definitions, qualifying party requirements, application processes, and financial responsibility standards for contracting in New Mexico.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eNew Mexico Contractor's License Requirement (NMAC Title 14, Chapter 6, Part 3), 2006\u003c\/span\u003e","brand":"brown-1exam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39732848781,"sku":"1110000011929","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Book_d6bc1a08-2257-409e-950f-01581d8ec99a.jpg?v=1518222556"},{"product_id":"nebraska-commercial-air-conditioning-online-course","title":"Nebraska Commercial Air Conditioning Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNebraska Commercial Air Conditioning Contractor – Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThis online course is designed to prepare candidates for the commercial air conditioning contractor examination in Nebraska, offering test-taking techniques and tips, practice questions, highlighting\/tabbing reference locations, and 1 year of online access via mobile-compatible platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGet one step closer to becoming a Nebraska Commercial Air Conditioning\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003econtractor with a prep course designed by 1ExamPrep to help you conquer the required Nebraska Commercial Air Conditioning computer-based\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eexamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTest-taking techniques and tips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTabbing and highlighting locations for references\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan mce-data-marked=\"1\"\u003ePractice questions \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 year of online access\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAndroid and iOS Compatible - Complete the course on your phone, anytime or anywhere\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40216580109,"sku":"605285-A","price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Nebraska_Commercial_Air_Conditioning_Online_Course_b7fb7c10-29fa-47cf-865e-20e39631cb2b.jpg?v=1523621947"},{"product_id":"nevada-b-general-building-online-course","title":"Nevada B - General Building Contractor - Online Course Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNevada B - General Building Contractor – Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe “Nevada B - General Building Contractor – Online Exam Prep Course” is an online study program designed to prepare candidates to sit for the trade exam required by the Nevada State Contractors Board (B-General Building classification). The course covers key subjects such as sitework, concrete, masonry, metals, carpentry, thermal and moisture protection, doors\/windows, drywall and finishes, safety, general code\/plan reading and estimating, as detailed in the exam bulletin.It also often includes preparation for the companion business \u0026amp; law (Contractor Management Survey) exam that is required for licensure.The course is self-paced, online, compatible with desktop and mobile devices, and offers practice questions, simulated exams, and guidance on how to use the open-book reference materials permitted in the actual exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNevada B General Building Contractor Online Course\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGet one step closer to becoming a Nevada B general Building Contractor with a prep course designed by 1ExamPrep to help you conquer the required PSI computer based\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eexamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTest-taking techniques \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGuideline on how to tab and highlight your books\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractice exams for each book\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 year of online access\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAndroid and iOS Compatible - Complete the course on your phone, anytime or anywhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":375617421338,"sku":"5908436-A","price":250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/1EXAM-THUMBNAILS-2026-8-NV-BUILDING-GENERAL-COURSE.jpg?v=1772233317"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-osha","title":"North Carolina OSHA","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNorth Carolina OSHA\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe “North Carolina OSHA” training course covers the state-specific requirements of the  (NC OSH) under , including the online 10-hour entry-level or 30-hour supervisory outreach programs tailored to North Carolina’s State Plan. The training includes federal OSHA outreach modules (10- or 30-hours) with an added three or more hours focusing on NC-OSH specific regulations such as 13 NCAC 07F.0201, and culminates in issuance of an official OSHA DOL wallet card plus NC OSH completion certificate. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNorth Carolina OSHA","brand":"Mancomm","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":1003202838554,"sku":"OSHA1926","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/North_Carolina_OSHA.jpg?v=1518217338"},{"product_id":"pre-printed-tabs-for-nascla-accredited-examination-national-commercial-general-building-contractor-examination","title":"NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam; Pre-Printed Tabs","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align: center; color: #000;\"\u003eNASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam; Pre-Printed Tabs\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eThe “NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam; Pre-Printed Tabs” product provides labeled tabs designed for the full reference set used in the NASCLA Accredited Examination for Commercial General Building Contractors. According to the product listing, the set includes tabs for **24 books** such as *Construction Jobsite Management*; *Construction Project Management*; *Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary*; *NASCLA Contractors’ Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, Basic Edition*; and others on the exam reference list. These tabs enhance exam navigation during the open-book test by providing pre-printed labels for quick access, though the books themselves and any highlighting are not included (tabs only).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre printed tabs for NASCLA Examination; National Commercial (General) Building Contractor Examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTabs are included for the following books:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction Jobsite Management, 5th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction Project Management, 5th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eACI 318-19: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBCSI: Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining, and Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses, 2025\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNASCLA Contractors' Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, Basic 14th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErectors' Manual - Standards and Guidelines for the Erection of Pre Cast Concrete Products, 1999, 2nd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraining and Certification of Field Personnel for Unbonded Post-Tensioning - Level 1 Field Fundamentals, 2003, 3rd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSDI (Steel Deck Institute) Manual of Construction with Steel Deck, 2016, 3rd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting, 2011, Dave Roberts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGypsum Construction Handbook, 7th edition, 2014\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing Reinforcing Bars, Recommended Practices, 10th edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTechnical Digest No. 9 – Handling and Erection of Steel Joists and Joist Girders, 3rd Edition, 2008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern Masonry - Brick, Block, Stone, Clois E. Kicklighter, 10th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinciples and Practices of Commercial Construction, 11th Edition, Cameron K. Andres and Ronald C. Smith\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA), with latest available amendments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry and Building Construction, 2016 (Student Edition), John L. Feirer and Mark D. Feirer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eICC A117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, 2017\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Contractor's Guide to Quality Concrete Construction, 2018, 4th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Building Fundamentals, Michael Montoya, 2011, 2nd edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternational Building Code, 2021 Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDeveloping Your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan - A Guide for Construction Sites\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eANSI\/EIMA 99-A-2017: Standard Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) and EIFS with Drainage, 2017\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eMechanical and Electrical Systems for Construction Managers, 4th Ed. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #fa0909;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff2a00\"\u003eNOTE: TABS ONLY. NO HIGHLIGHTS FOR THE BOOKS ARE INCLUDED\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":1564505931802,"sku":"1110000022709","price":189.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Tabs.jpg?v=1518227339"},{"product_id":"nfpa-72-national-fire-alarm-and-signaling-code-2016-edition","title":"NFPA 72: National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016 Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 72: National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016 Edition\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe *NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016 Edition* defines the installation, testing, inspection, and maintenance requirements for fire alarm, emergency communication, and signaling systems used in residential, commercial, and industrial structures. It covers initiating devices, notification appliances, control units, wiring methods, system performance, survivability, supervision, and emergency voice\/alarm communication systems. Referenced widely in building, electrical, and life-safety licensing exams supported by One Exam Prep, this edition provides the standardized criteria necessary for code-compliant design, integration, and operation of fire-protection signaling systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eState-of-the-art coverage in the 2016\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 72®: National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code®\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ereflects new technologies and applications.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe traditional role of fire alarm systems is rapidly evolving. Now, the benchmark for fire alarm systems has changed to give designers, engineers, contractors, installers, and inspectors rules that reflect the current state of the field. An industry milestone, the 2016 edition of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 72: National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehas the most advanced provisions ever developed for the application, installation, location, performance, and inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire alarm and emergency communications systems -- including Mass Notification Systems (MNS).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNew\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 72\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efacilitates interconnections using networks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA special task group on networks addressed the risk analysis, design, application, installation, and performance of networks and networking equipment in fire alarm systems, fire EVACS, and MNS. As a result of their findings,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 72\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eincludes a new circuit designation called Class N pathways permitting the use of networks and Ethernet when interconnecting a fire alarm system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther changes help you avoid the loss of critical coverage and ensure system interfaces function correctly, such as:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignificant revisions in Chapter 21, Emergency Control Function Interfaces and Chapter 24, Emergency Communications Systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRevisions to Level 2 and Level 3 pathway survivability requirements revised to provide greater flexibility of use and to address other “fire-resistive” methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA new Annex on Guidelines for Emergency Communication Strategies for Buildings and Campuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHundreds of other revisions make the 2016\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 72\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eindispensable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew and updated definitions bring the Code up-to-date and put all users on the same page. The 2016 edition of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 72: National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecovers new ground from beginning to end. Order direct from NFPA®, the Code source. (Softbound, 369 pp., 2016)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 72\u003csup\u003e®\u003c\/sup\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eNational Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 1 Administration\n\u003cblockquote\u003e1.1 Scope\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Purpose\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Retroactivity\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Equivalency\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Units and Formulas\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Code Adoption Requirements\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 2 Referenced Publications\n\u003cblockquote\u003e2.1 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.2 NFPA Publications\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Other Publications\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 3 Definitions\n\u003cblockquote\u003e3.1 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.2 NFPA Official Definitions\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.3 General Definitions\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 4 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 5 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 6 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 7 Documentation\n\u003cblockquote\u003e7.1 Application. (SIG-FUN)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Minimum Required Documentation. (SIG-FUN)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Design (Layout) Documentation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Shop Drawings (Installation Documentation). (SIG-FUN)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Completion Documentation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Documentation. (SIG-TMS)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Records, Record Retention, and Record Maintenance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.8 Forms\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 8 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 9 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 10 Fundamentals\n\u003cblockquote\u003e10.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Purpose\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Equipment\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Design and Installation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Personnel Qualifications\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.6 Power Supplies\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.7 Signal Priority\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.8 Detection and Signaling of Conditions\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.9 Responses\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.10 Distinctive Signals\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.11 Alarm Signals\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.12 Fire Alarm Notification Appliance Deactivation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.13 Supervisory Signals\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.14 Trouble Signals\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.15 Emergency Control Function Status Indicators\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.16 Notification Appliance Circuits and Control Circuits\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.17 Annunciation and Annunciation Zoning\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.18 Monitoring Integrity of In-Building Fire Emergency Voice\/Alarm Communications Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.19 Documentation and Notification\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.20 Impairments\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.21 Unwanted Alarms\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 11 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 12 Circuits and Pathways\n\u003cblockquote\u003e12.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.2 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Pathway Class Designations\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Pathway Survivability\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Shared Pathway Designations\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.6 Monitoring Integrity and Circuit Performance of Installation Conductors and Other Signaling Channels\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.7 Nomenclature\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 13 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 14 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance\n\u003cblockquote\u003e14.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.2 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.3 Inspection\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.4 Testing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Maintenance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.6 Records\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 15 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 16 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 17 Initiating Devices\n\u003cblockquote\u003e17.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.2 Purpose\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.3 Performance-Based Design\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.4 General Requirements\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.5 Requirements for Smoke and Heat Detectors\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.6 Heat-Sensing Fire Detectors\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.7 Smoke-Sensing Fire Detectors\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.8 Radiant Energy-Sensing Fire Detectors\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.9 Combination, Multi-Criteria, and Multi-Sensor Detectors\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.10 Gas Detection\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.11 Other Fire Detectors\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.12 Sprinkler Waterflow Alarm-Initiating Devices\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.13 Detection of Operation of Other Automatic Extinguishing Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.14 Manually Actuated Alarm-Initiating Devices\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.15 Fire Extinguisher Electronic Monitoring Device\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.16 Supervisory Signal-Initiating Devices\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 18 Notification Appliances\n\u003cblockquote\u003e18.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.2 Purpose\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.3 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.4 Audible Characteristics\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.5 Visible Characteristics - Public Mode\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.6 Visible Characteristics - Private Mode\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.7 Supplementary Visible Signaling Method\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.8 Textual Audible Appliances\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.9 Textual and Graphical Visible Appliances\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.10 Tactile Appliances\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.11 Standard Emergency Service Interface\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 19 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 20 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 21 Emergency Control Function Interfaces\n\u003cblockquote\u003e21.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.2 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.3 Elevator Phase I Emergency Recall Operation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.4 Elevator Shutdown\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.5 Fire Service Access Elevators\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.6 Occupant Evacuation Elevators\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.7 Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.8 Door and Shutter Release\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.9 Electrically Locked Doors\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e21.10 Exit Marking Audible Notification Systems\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 22 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 23 Protected Premises Fire Alarm Systems\n\u003cblockquote\u003e23.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.2 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.3 System Features\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.4 System Performance and Integrity\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.5 Performance of Initiating Device Circuits (IDCs)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.6 Performance of Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.7 Performance of Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.8 System Requirements\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.9 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice\/Alarm Communications\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.10 Fire Alarm Systems Using Tone\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.11 Suppression System Actuation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.12 Off-Premises Signals\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.13 Guard's Tour Supervisory Service\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.14 Suppressed (Exception Reporting) Signal System\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.15 Protected Premises Emergency Control Functions\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23.16 Special Requirements for Low-Power Radio (Wireless) Systems\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 24 Emergency Communications Systems (ECS)\n\u003cblockquote\u003e24.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.2 Purpose\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.3 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.4 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice\/Alarm Communications Systems (EVACS)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.5 In-Building Mass Notification Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.6 Wide-Area Mass Notification Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.7 Distributed Recipient Mass Notification Systems (DRMNS)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.8 Two-Way, In-Building Wired Emergency Services Communications Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.9 Two-Way Radio Communications Enhancement Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.10 Area of Refuge (Area of Rescue Assistance) Emergency Communications Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.11 Elevator Emergency Communications Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.12 Stairway Communications Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.13 Information, Command, and Control\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.14 Performance-Based Design of Mass Notification Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24.15 Documentation for Emergency Communications Systems\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 25 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 26 Supervising Station Alarm Systems\n\u003cblockquote\u003e26.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e26.2 General\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e26.3 Central Station Service Alarm Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e26.4 Proprietary Supervising Station Alarm Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e26.5 Remote Supervising Station Alarm Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e26.6 Communications Methods for Supervising Station Alarm Systems\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 27 Public Emergency Alarm Reporting Systems\n\u003cblockquote\u003e27.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e27.2 General Fundamentals\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e27.3 Management and Maintenance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e27.4 Communications Methods\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e27.5 Alarm Processing Equipment\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e27.6 Alarm Boxes\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e27.7 Public Cable Plant\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e27.8 Emergency Communications Systems (ECS)\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 28 Reserved\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 29 Single- and Multiple-Station Alarms and Household Fire Alarm Systems\n\u003cblockquote\u003e29.1 Application\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.2 Purpose\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.3 Basic Requirements\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.4 Assumptions\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.5 Detection and Notification\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.6 Power Supplies\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.7 Equipment Performance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.8 Installation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.9 Optional Functions\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.10 Maintenance and Tests\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29.11 Markings and Instructions\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eAnnex A Explanatory Material\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex B Engineering Guide for Automatic Fire Detector Spacing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex C System Performance and Design Guide\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex D Speech Intelligibility\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex E Sample Ordinance Adopting NFPA 72\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex F Wiring Diagrams and Guide for Testing Fire Alarm Circuits\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex G Guidelines for Emergency Communication Strategies for Buildings and Campuses\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex H Informational References\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n9781455911646","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":2606611202074,"sku":"9781455911646","price":159.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/7216_af79245f-68a2-40be-976c-d9c690c91dc0.png?v=1517431242"},{"product_id":"nfpa-780-standard-for-the-installation-of-lightning-protection-systems-2017-edition","title":"NFPA 780: Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, 2017 Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 780: Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, 2017 Edition\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe *NFPA 780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, 2017 Edition* establishes the recognized requirements for designing, installing, and maintaining lightning-protection systems for structures, equipment, and open sites. It outlines criteria for strike-termination devices, down conductors, grounding systems, bonding, surge protection, inspection, and maintenance practices that ensure reliable dissipation of lightning energy. The 2017 edition supports contractors, engineers, and inspectors preparing through One Exam Prep by defining code-aligned methods used to safeguard buildings and critical infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMajor changes in the 2017 edition of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 780\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eprovide greater oversight and new understanding of lightning protection systems and lightning hazards.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReflecting the latest protection methods, devices, and safety challenges, the 2017 edition of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 780: Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis the new industry benchmark for protecting lives and property from fire and related dangers associated with lightning events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetermine the right protection scheme for different occupancies.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightning hazards exist everywhere, but depending on the use of a building or structure, different lightning protection protocols exist. This edition of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 780\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehelps you recognize hazards and provide appropriate protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdated Section 5.3 pertaining to facilities that handle or process combustible or explosive dust now presents specific references to NFPA® standards addressing dust hazards, including\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 61: Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Processing Facilities, NFPA 122: Standard for Fire Prevention and Control in Metal\/Nonmetal Mining and Metal Mineral Processing Facilities,\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 664: Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRewritten Chapter 7 addresses protection for structures containing flammable vapors, flammable gases, or liquids that can give off flammable vapors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew definitions include\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eground loop conductor, integral lightning protection system, mast-type lightning protection system, rated impulse withstand voltage level (withstand voltage)\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(u\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003csub\u003ew\u003c\/sub\u003e), smart structure, solar array,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esolar panel.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther changes assist facility managers, installers, inspectors, and AHJs:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded requirements in this edition -- concerning physical on-site inspections of completed installations and periodic inspections or testing -- may be required at the discretion of the AHJ.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdated figures illustrate air terminal protection for lower roof protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew requirements cover test and connection points for concrete-encased electrodes to enable periodic maintenance and testing of the ground system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew bonding requirements address long horizontal metal bodies on roofs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumerous new requirements pertain to ungrounded metal bodies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis edition includes re-evaluated and revised zero property line conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Annexes cover technologies used in state-of-the-art systems: Annex J, Protection of Smart Structures; and Annex K, Guide to International Standards Dealing with the Selection of SPDs for Use on Photovoltaic (PV) Installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake sure you're prepared to reduce lightning risks. Trust your jobs to the 2017\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 780.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(Softbound, 112 pp., 2017)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA\u003csup\u003e®\u003c\/sup\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, 2017 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 1 Administration\n\u003cblockquote\u003e1.1 Scope.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Purpose.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Listed, Labeled, or Approved Components.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Retroactivity.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Mechanical Execution of Work.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Maintenance.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Units of Measurement.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 2 Referenced Publications\n\u003cblockquote\u003e2.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.2 NFPA Publications.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Other Publications.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 3 Definitions\n\u003cblockquote\u003e3.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.2 NFPA Official Definitions.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.3 General Definitions.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 4 General Requirements\n\u003cblockquote\u003e4.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Materials.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Corrosion Protection.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Mechanical Damage or Displacement.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Use of Aluminum.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Strike Termination Devices.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Strike Termination Devices on Roofs.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Zones of Protection.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Conductors.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Conductor Fasteners.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Masonry Anchors.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Connector Fittings.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.13 Grounding Electrodes.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Common Bonding of Grounded Systems.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Potential Equalization.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.16 Bonding of Metal Bodies.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.17 Metal Antenna Masts and Supports.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.18 Concealed Systems.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.19 Structural Metallic Systems.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.20 Surge Protection.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 5 Protection for Miscellaneous Structures and Special Occupancies\n\u003cblockquote\u003e5.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Masts, Spires, Flagpoles.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Facilities That Handle or Process Combustible or Explosive Dust.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Metal Towers and Tanks.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Air-Inflated Structures.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Concrete Tanks and Silos.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Guyed Structures.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Roof Top Helipads.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Fabric Structures.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 6 Protection for Heavy-Duty Stacks\n\u003cblockquote\u003e6.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Materials.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Strike Termination Devices.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Conductors.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Fasteners.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Splices.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Reinforced Concrete Stacks.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Bonding of Metal Bodies.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Grounding.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.10 Metal Stacks.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.11 Metal Guy Wires and Cables.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 7 Protection for Structures Containing Flammable Vapors, Flammable Gases, or Liquids That Can Give Off Flammable Vapors\n\u003cblockquote\u003e7.1 Applicability.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Principles of Protection.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Protective Measures.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Protection of Specific Classes of Structures.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 8 Protection of Structures Housing Explosive Materials\n\u003cblockquote\u003e8.1 Application.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.2 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Types of Lightning Protection.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Grounding.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Bonding.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Surge Protection.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.7 Protection for Specific Facilities.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.8 Metallic Fences.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.9 Maintenance and Inspection.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.10 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 9 Protection for Wind Turbines\n\u003cblockquote\u003e9.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Fundamental Principles of Protection.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Protection of Electrical and Mechanical Control Systems.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Grounding.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 10 Protection for Watercraft\n\u003cblockquote\u003e10.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Materials.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Strike Termination.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Conductors.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Grounding.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 11 Protection for Airfield Lighting Circuits\n\u003cblockquote\u003e11.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Application.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Purpose.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.4 Airfield Lighting Counterpoise System.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eChapter 12 Protection for Solar Arrays\n\u003cblockquote\u003e12.1 General.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Fundamental Principles of Protection.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Strike Termination Devices.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Protection of Electrical and Mechanical Systems.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Grounding.\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003eAnnex A Explanatory Material\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex B Principles of Lightning Protection\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex C Explanation of Bonding Principles\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex D Inspection and Maintenance of Lightning Protection Systems\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex E Ground Measurement Techniques\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex F Protection for Trees\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex G Protection for Picnic Grounds, Playgrounds, Ball Parks, and Other Open Places\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex H Protection for Livestock in Fields\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex I Protection for Parked Aircraft\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex J Protection of Smart Structures\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex K Guide to International Standards Dealing with the Selection of SPDs for Use on Photovoltaic (PV) Installations\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex L Lightning Risk Assessment\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex M Guide for Personal Safety from Lightning\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex N Reserved\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnnex O Informational References\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e9781455914210\u003c\/span\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":2606644658202,"sku":"9781455914210","price":149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/78017_fc5086fb-4339-4726-90fc-3f8bed484976.png?v=1517431263"},{"product_id":"nfpa-101-life-safety-code-2015-edition","title":"NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2015 Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2015 Edition\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe *NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2015 Edition* establishes nationally recognized requirements for building life-safety features that protect occupants from fire, smoke, and related hazards. It outlines criteria for means of egress, occupancy classifications, fire-protection systems, building services, emergency lighting, alarms, and construction features affecting life safety for both new and existing structures. Used widely by contractors, inspectors, designers, and exam candidates, the 2015 edition supports compliance with life-safety standards referenced in One Exam Prep materials for regulated construction and renovation projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe updated\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 101®: Life Safety Code®\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eraises occupant safety to a new level.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect people where they live, work, and play with NFPA®'s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eLife Safety Code\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-- the most widely used source for strategies for occupant safety throughout the life cycle of a building. As the built environment and risks evolve, so do the challenges to protect people from fire and related hazards. The 2015\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eLife Safety Code\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eprovides a flexible approach that adapts to nontraditional use of buildings; innovative designs; and new technologies, materials, and construction practices. It is the only document that addresses life safety in both new and existing structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThere's no substitute for the latest\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 101\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein any occupancy -- from assembly to health care, industrial, and residential.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEssential for architects, engineers, building owners and building managers, hospital administrators, and AHJs,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 101\u003c\/em\u003ecovers it all: Egress, sprinklers, alarms, emergency lighting, smoke barriers, and special hazard protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAtrium walls are now permitted to serve as part of the separation for creating separated occupancies, offering greater flexibility in building design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew requirements enhance public safety, such as calculating occupant load for business uses that better represents how the space is used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequirements permitting the use of alcohol-based hand-rub (ABHR) dispensers are included in more occupancy chapters, reflecting their widespread use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mandates for carbon monoxide detection and alarm are included for new educational and new day care facilities for greater safety to life where CO might be generated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpanded provisions concerning the responsibilities, training, and duties of crowd managers help ensure emergency readiness in places such as sports arenas, nightclubs, and concert halls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRevised rules permit door locking in new and existing residential board and care facilities, based on clinical needs to secure residents for their own safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther changes help provide for safer, more homelike health care facilities:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth care occupancy provisions allow nursing home minimum corridor width to be reduced within small smoke compartments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvisions added to permit doors to be disguised with murals for settings like dementia units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew self-contained ambulatory health care chapters improve code usability with one-stop access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure your knowledge is up-to-date and your facilities meet code. Base your decisions on the 2015\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 101\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand tackle safety challenges effectively. (Softbound, 520 pp., 2015)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e9781455909025\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":2606653964314,"sku":"9781455909025","price":163.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/10115_b1fd9fd5-7539-4560-8d61-d91a9923f375.png?v=1517431425"},{"product_id":"new-jersey-nascla-contractors-guide-to-business-law-and-project-management-nj-tabs-only","title":"New Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NJ 2nd Edition; Pre-Printed Tabs","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNew Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NJ 2nd Edition; Pre-Printed Tabs\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe \u003cem\u003eNew Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NJ 2nd Edition\u003c\/em\u003e is published by NASCLA and serves as an official reference for contractor licensing under the New Jersey Division of Consumer Affairs. Offered by 1 Exam Prep, the pre-printed tabs correspond to the NASCLA 2nd Edition chapters, facilitating efficient study and quick reference for topics covered in the New Jersey contractor license examination. This guide encompasses core areas such as business organization, contract law, estimating, project management, lien procedures, and state-specific licensing requirements. The NASCLA exam framework provides standardized contractor competency criteria used across multiple jurisdictions, and these tabs align precisely with sections critical for exam preparation and regulatory compliance in New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePre-printed tabs for the New Jersey NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NJ 2nd Edition (Tabs Only)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan id=\"ctl00_PageContent_lbProductDescription\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eOur permanent quick reference tabs will help you navigate quickly through this book during your exam.  These tabs are self-adhesive and must be added at least one-day prior for sufficient adhesive power. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlease note that the Testing Facility Proctor is the deciding factor on whether or not tabs will be accepted and allowed into the exam. If the tabs do not adhere properly, they will not be accepted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #fd0909;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff2a00\"\u003eNOTE: TABS ONLY. NO HIGHLIGHTS FOR THE BOOK ARE INCLUDED\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":2997902737434,"sku":"1110000013602","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Tabs_8e14ad27-959d-44e5-9f7a-f132ae76dafd.jpg?v=1644795157"},{"product_id":"nevada-c-2-electrical-online-course","title":"Nevada C-2 Electrical  - Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNevada C-2 Electrical - Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor examination with an online exam prep course built around electrical theory, code navigation, installation requirements, safety, fire alarm systems, power distribution, motors, grounding and bonding, conductors, raceways, overcurrent protection, and other subjects associated with the C-2 classification. This course is designed for electrical professionals pursuing contractor licensing through the Nevada State Contractors Board and looking for a structured way to prepare for the trade examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-2 Electrical classification covers electrical contracting work involving electrical wires, fixtures, appliances, apparatuses, raceways, and conduits. Candidates pursuing this classification should be prepared for a broad examination that reaches beyond basic residential wiring and includes commercial electrical systems, electrical power, transmission-related subjects, fire detection and alarm systems, safety, motors, lighting, low-voltage concepts, and applicable code requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary exam-room references for this course are the \u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Code or National Electrical Code Handbook, 2017\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2013\u003c\/strong\u003e. These references support preparation for code-based questions involving electrical installations, fire alarm systems, grounding, circuit protection, conductors, equipment, occupancies, and related requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional study references include \u003cstrong\u003eUgly's Electrical References\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Safety Code, 2012\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the \u003cstrong\u003eLineman's and Cableman's Handbook\u003c\/strong\u003e. These books support electrical calculations, safety, utility and transmission systems, field practices, and broader electrical knowledge, but they are not allowed into the C-2 trade examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe online format helps candidates organize their preparation around the major electrical subjects tested instead of studying randomly. Practice-oriented review can be used to identify weaker areas, while reference-navigation work helps candidates become more efficient with the NEC and NFPA 72 before exam day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor trade examination is administered through PSI as part of the Nevada contractor licensing process. Candidates must first satisfy the applicable Nevada State Contractors Board qualification process before receiving authorization to test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesting Provider:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTime Allowed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassing Standard:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70%, or 56 correct answers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination covers a wide range of electrical knowledge. Major areas include general electrical knowledge, services, feeders and branch circuits, grounding and bonding, conductors and cables, raceways and boxes, special occupancies and equipment, electrical power, motors, low voltage, lighting, illuminated signs, fire detection and alarm systems, safety information, transmission lines, and overcurrent protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Electrical Knowledge\u003c\/strong\u003e provides the foundation for the rest of the exam. Candidates should understand basic electrical theory, terminology, calculations, code organization, electrical materials, equipment, and common installation practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServices, Feeders, and Branch Circuits\u003c\/strong\u003e should include load calculations, service equipment, feeder sizing, branch-circuit requirements, conductor protection, disconnecting means, and the relationship between service, feeder, and branch-circuit systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrounding and Bonding\u003c\/strong\u003e is a critical technical area. Preparation should include grounding electrode systems, equipment grounding, bonding requirements, grounded conductors, grounding electrode conductors, fault-current paths, and NEC Article 250 navigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConductors and Cables\u003c\/strong\u003e should include ampacity, conductor sizing, insulation types, temperature limitations, adjustment and correction factors, cable types, conductor identification, and installation requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaceways and Boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e should include conduit and tubing systems, fittings, box sizing, conductor fill, raceway fill, support requirements, protection from damage, and installation methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectrical Power and Motors\u003c\/strong\u003e can require both technical knowledge and calculations. Candidates should review transformers, motors, motor circuits, controllers, disconnects, overload protection, short-circuit protection, generators, and related electrical equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFire Detection and Alarm Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e should be studied with NFPA 72, 2013. Candidates should understand basic fire alarm system components, initiating devices, notification appliances, circuits, power supplies, system performance, testing concepts, and installation requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor trade examination is an \u003cstrong\u003eopen-book test\u003c\/strong\u003e with specific approved references permitted in the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved exam-room references for this preparation are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Code or National Electrical Code Handbook, 2017\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2013\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe NEC should be used continuously during preparation. Candidates should become familiar with its article structure, definitions, tables, annex material, index, exceptions, calculations, and cross-references. Efficient NEC navigation is especially important on an 80-question electrical contractor examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePractice locating common requirements involving services, branch circuits, overcurrent protection, grounding and bonding, wiring methods, conductors, boxes, motors, special occupancies, equipment, and lighting. The goal is not to memorize the entire NEC but to know where information is organized and how to find it efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNFPA 72 should be used for fire alarm and signaling system preparation. Become familiar with the organization of the standard and practice finding requirements related to initiating devices, notification appliances, circuits, system power, installation, inspection, testing, and system performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following study references are \u003cstrong\u003enot allowed into the C-2 trade examination:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUgly's Electrical References\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Safety Code, 2012\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLineman's and Cableman's Handbook\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese books should be used before the examination to build knowledge in electrical calculations, safety, transmission systems, utility work, electrical field practices, and technical concepts that may appear on the test. Because they are not available in the examination room, study should focus on understanding and retaining the material rather than depending on last-minute lookups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-2 Electrical examination is one part of the contractor licensing process. The Nevada State Contractors Board evaluates applicants before examination authorization and license issuance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm the C-2 Electrical classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Make sure the classification matches the electrical contracting work the business intends to perform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the qualifying individual.\u003c\/strong\u003e Designate the person who will satisfy the applicable trade qualification requirements for the business.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocument qualifying electrical experience.\u003c\/strong\u003e Prepare acceptable records showing experience in electrical work related to the C-2 classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the Nevada contractor application.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gather the required business, qualifier, experience, financial, and supporting information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubmit the application.\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide the application to the Nevada State Contractors Board for qualification review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete applicable background requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow the fingerprint and background investigation procedures required during contractor licensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProvide required financial information.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nevada evaluates financial responsibility as part of the licensing process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Qualified applicants may schedule the required examination after authorization is issued.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare for the C-2 trade examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review NEC navigation, electrical theory, services, feeders, grounding, conductors, raceways, motors, safety, fire alarm systems, transmission lines, and overcurrent protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare for Business and Law.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nevada contractor applicants generally must satisfy the applicable contractor management examination requirement unless an approved waiver applies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the required examinations.\u003c\/strong\u003e Satisfy the applicable C-2 trade and contractor management requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete final licensing requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Address applicable financial responsibility, bonding, and remaining Board requirements before the license is issued.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-2 Electrical classification authorizes electrical contracting work involving the installation of electrical wires, fixtures, appliances, apparatuses, raceways, and conduits. The classification is broad and requires candidates to understand electrical construction across multiple types of systems and applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the standard Nevada contractor licensing pathway, the trade qualifying individual generally must demonstrate at least four years of qualifying experience as a journeyman, foreman, supervising employee, or contractor in the requested classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe qualifying experience generally must have been obtained within the 15 years immediately preceding the application. Experience records should clearly describe the electrical work performed and demonstrate how that work relates to the C-2 Electrical classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNevada contractor licensing also includes financial responsibility requirements, applicable contractor bonding, background requirements, and other conditions that must be completed in addition to the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApplicants generally must satisfy both the trade qualification and contractor management requirements unless an approved waiver applies. Passing the C-2 examination does not by itself create an active Nevada contractor license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Code or National Electrical Code Handbook, 2017\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrimary electrical code reference supporting preparation for wiring methods, services, feeders, branch circuits, grounding and bonding, conductors, raceways, boxes, overcurrent protection, motors, special occupancies, lighting, and other electrical installations. This reference is allowed in the C-2 examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2013\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReference supporting preparation for fire detection, alarm, notification, signaling, installation, system performance, inspection, testing, and related fire alarm requirements. This reference is allowed in the C-2 examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUgly's Electrical References\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStudy reference supporting electrical formulas, calculations, field relationships, conductor information, motors, transformers, and practical electrical concepts. This book is not allowed into the C-2 trade examination.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStudy reference covering construction safety requirements, electrical hazards, fall protection, personal protective equipment, jobsite safety, and other construction-industry safety subjects. This reference is not allowed into the C-2 trade examination.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Safety Code, 2012\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStudy reference addressing safety practices for electrical supply and communication systems, including utility and transmission-related work. This reference is not allowed into the C-2 trade examination.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLineman's and Cableman's Handbook\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStudy reference supporting transmission and distribution systems, overhead and underground line work, conductors, cables, utility practices, and electrical field applications. This book is not allowed into the C-2 trade examination.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Room Approved Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Code or National Electrical Code Handbook, 2017\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is a primary approved reference for the Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor examination. Candidates should practice navigating the code extensively before testing.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2013\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis approved reference supports fire alarm and signaling system questions and should be familiar before the examination.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUgly's Electrical References\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Safety Code, 2012\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the \u003cstrong\u003eLineman's and Cableman's Handbook\u003c\/strong\u003e are preparation references and are not allowed into the C-2 trade examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA productive C-2 study plan should divide the material into code-heavy subjects, calculation-heavy subjects, safety topics, fire alarm material, and transmission-related knowledge. This makes it easier to identify exactly where additional review is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaster NEC navigation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Practice locating Articles 110, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 300, 310, 314, 430, and other commonly used sections. Learn to move between articles, tables, definitions, and exceptions efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractice electrical calculations.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review conductor sizing, load calculations, voltage relationships, motors, transformers, raceway fill, box fill, grounding conductors, and overcurrent protection. Use Ugly's Electrical References during study to reinforce formulas and field calculations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStudy safety independently.\u003c\/strong\u003e OSHA material is not available during the examination, so candidates should develop working knowledge of construction safety, electrical hazards, protective equipment, fall protection, and safe work practices before testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReview transmission systems.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the National Electrical Safety Code and Lineman's and Cableman's Handbook to strengthen understanding of electrical supply systems, overhead and underground lines, conductors, distribution equipment, and utility-related practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare for fire alarm questions.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use NFPA 72 regularly and become comfortable locating requirements for fire detection and signaling systems. Fire alarm preparation should combine basic system knowledge with reference-navigation practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse timed practice.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four hours for 80 questions provides an average of three minutes per question. Practice deciding when to answer from knowledge and when a code lookup is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReview missed questions by subject.\u003c\/strong\u003e If several missed questions involve grounding, conductor sizing, motors, fire alarms, or transmission lines, direct the next study session toward that specific topic instead of repeating material already understood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep supports Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor candidates through organized study guidance, electrical trade review, practice-oriented preparation, approved reference navigation, and a structured approach to the broad technical content covered on the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe course helps candidates divide the material into manageable subjects such as electrical theory, services, feeders, grounding and bonding, conductors, raceways, motors, lighting, fire alarms, safety, transmission lines, and overcurrent protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReference-navigation preparation focuses heavily on the National Electrical Code and NFPA 72 because these are the exam-room references supplied for this examination. Repeated navigation practice helps candidates become more familiar with where information is located and how related code requirements connect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe study-only references add important preparation outside the exam room. Ugly's Electrical References supports formulas and electrical calculations, OSHA reinforces construction safety, the National Electrical Safety Code addresses utility safety concepts, and the Lineman's and Cableman's Handbook provides practical transmission and distribution knowledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented preparation helps candidates identify whether missed questions are caused by a knowledge gap, a calculation error, or difficulty finding information in the code. That distinction makes study sessions more focused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep's goal is to provide an organized preparation structure that combines technical review, reference navigation, electrical calculations, safety study, and practice questions so candidates can approach the Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor examination with stronger familiarity and a more disciplined study routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFAQ Section\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow many questions are on the Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor trade examination contains 80 questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much time is allowed for the Nevada C-2 exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates have 4 hours to complete the trade examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat score is required to pass the C-2 Electrical exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe passing standard is 70%, which corresponds to 56 correct answers on an 80-question examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the Nevada C-2 Electrical Contractor exam open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The C-2 trade examination is open book with specific approved references permitted in the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are allowed into the C-2 examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe National Electrical Code or National Electrical Code Handbook, 2017 and NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2013 are the approved exam-room references provided for this preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are not allowed into the C-2 examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUgly's Electrical References, Code of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA), National Electrical Safety Code, 2012, and the Lineman's and Cableman's Handbook are study references and are not allowed into the trade examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat subjects should I study for the Nevada C-2 exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStudy electrical knowledge, services, feeders, branch circuits, grounding and bonding, conductors, cables, raceways, boxes, special occupancies, electrical power, motors, low voltage, lighting, signs, fire alarm systems, safety, transmission lines, and overcurrent protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhy should I practice NEC navigation?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe NEC is one of the approved exam-room references. Practicing article, table, definition, and index navigation can help candidates find specific requirements more efficiently during testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhy should I study OSHA if the OSHA book is not allowed in the exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSafety information is part of C-2 preparation. Because the OSHA reference is not available during the examination, candidates should use it beforehand to strengthen knowledge of construction and electrical safety practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much qualifying experience does Nevada generally require?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard Nevada contractor licensing pathway generally requires at least four years of qualifying experience in the requested classification within the 15 years immediately preceding the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes passing the C-2 exam automatically issue the Nevada contractor license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Passing the trade exam is one part of the licensing process. Applicants must also satisfy applicable experience, application, financial, background, bonding, contractor management, and other Nevada licensing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow should I use the study-only electrical books?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse them to build knowledge that must be understood before test day. Focus on calculations, safety, utility systems, transmission lines, electrical field practices, and concepts that cannot be looked up from those references during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3236623777818,"sku":"857483-A","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/1EXAM-THUMBNAILS-2026-11-NV-ELECTRICIAN-COURSE.jpg?v=1772233374"},{"product_id":"new-jersey-psi-business-and-law","title":"New Jersey PSI Business and Law - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNEW JERSEY PSI BUSINESS AND LAW - ONLINE EXAM PREP COURSE\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe New Jersey PSI Business and Law Online Exam Prep Course by 1 Exam Prep prepares candidates for the New Jersey Contractor Business and Law examination administered by PSI Services LLC. This course covers essential topics required by the New Jersey State Board of Contractors, including business management, licensing laws, financial management, labor laws, tax compliance, and lien laws. It aligns with PSI’s official candidate information bulletin and utilizes reference materials such as the NASCLA Contractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management. Designed for contractors seeking state licensing in building, electrical, plumbing, and mechanical trades, the program ensures familiarity with PSI’s computer-based testing format, scoring system, and regulatory scope for compliance with New Jersey contractor licensing standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560px\" height=\"215px\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/msA0QcADT6s?controls=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGet one step closer to becoming a New Jersey contractor with a prep course designed by 1ExamPrep to help you conquer the required New Jersey PSI Business and Law examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1-hour test-taking techniques and practice exams\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHighlights and Tabs locations for all reference materials\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBook overview and instructional videos\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractice questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 year of online access\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3265747058714,"sku":"644602-A","price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/1EXAM-THUMBNAILS-2026-14-NJ-BUSINESS_AND_LAW-COURSE.jpg?v=1772235456"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-psi-unlimited-electrical-contractor","title":"North Carolina Unlimited Electrical Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNorth Carolina PSI Unlimited Electrical Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the North Carolina Unlimited Electrical Contractor examination with an online exam prep course designed around the technical, licensing, business, calculation, and plan-reading knowledge required for this advanced electrical contractor classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course supports preparation for candidates pursuing North Carolina’s broadest regular electrical contractor license. The Unlimited classification permits a properly licensed contractor to perform electrical contracting projects without a project-value limitation, subject to applicable licensing laws, electrical codes, permitting requirements, inspections, safety standards, and professional responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCourse preparation is based on the National Electrical Code, NEC, 2020 Edition; NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2019 Edition; Electrical Contractors Licensing Law, General Statutes Chapter 87, Article 4; the Board’s Rules for the Implementation of the Electrical Contractors Licensing Law, Title 21, North Carolina Administrative Code, Chapter 18B; and the NASCLA Contractors’ Guide to Business, Law, and Project Management: North Carolina Electrical Edition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo books are included with this online exam prep course.\u003c\/strong\u003e Students must obtain the required references separately. Using the same editions during preparation helps candidates become familiar with article locations, chapter layouts, tables, definitions, exceptions, indexes, and cross-references before the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course is structured to support review of services, feeders, branch circuits, motors, transformers, generators, grounding, bonding, raceways, conductor sizing, overcurrent protection, fire alarm systems, emergency systems, load calculations, voltage drop, electrical plans, contractor licensing law, Board rules, estimating, financial management, safety, and project administration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlimited electrical projects may involve large commercial services, industrial distribution systems, switchboards, panelboards, transformers, generators, motor loads, emergency power, fire alarm systems, special occupancies, renewable energy equipment, and extensive lighting and power plans. Candidates must be able to identify the governing Code requirement, locate it efficiently, perform required calculations, and apply the result to a realistic installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Unlimited Electrical Contractor examination is open book for the approved technical references. The course includes preparation involving the 2020 NEC and NFPA 72, 2019 Edition. The licensing law, Board rules, and NASCLA business reference are used as closed-book study materials because those books are not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis online exam prep course helps candidates organize a broad examination into manageable technical and business subjects. It emphasizes consistent study, reference navigation, calculation practice, trade-focused review, and a clear understanding of the responsibilities associated with North Carolina electrical contracting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"border: 3px solid #d32f2f; padding: 20px; margin: 25px 0; background-color: #fff7f7;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Exam Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Structured review for the North Carolina PSI Unlimited Electrical Contractor examination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNEC Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Study guidance based on the National Electrical Code, NEC, 2020 Edition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFire Alarm Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Review based on NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2019 Edition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalculation Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preparation involving services, feeders, conductors, motors, transformers, grounding, raceways, boxes, loads, and voltage drop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan-Reading Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Guidance for working with lighting plans, power plans, panel schedules, riser diagrams, symbols, equipment information, and installation notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLicensing Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e Study support involving North Carolina electrical contractor law, Board rules, Unlimited qualifications, listed qualified individuals, and license operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBusiness Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preparation involving contracts, estimating, bidding, scheduling, accounting, employment practices, safety, insurance, and project administration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Books Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e All required Code books, licensing references, business references, and plans must be obtained separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Unlimited Electrical Contractor examination contains 100 multiple-choice questions. Candidates have a maximum of six hours to complete the examination, and a minimum score of 70 percent is required to pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination is administered by PSI after the North Carolina State Board of Examiners of Electrical Contractors approves the applicant. Candidates must apply to the Board, document their qualifications, receive examination authorization, and then schedule their testing appointment through PSI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Unlimited examination evaluates the technical, supervisory, licensing, business, and plan-reading knowledge needed to direct electrical contracting projects without a project-value limitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eService and feeder preparation may include dwelling and commercial load calculations, service conductor sizing, service disconnects, grounding electrode conductors, neutral loads, parallel conductors, feeder demand factors, transformer secondaries, voltage drop, and protection of conductors and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBranch-circuit preparation should include conductor ampacity, continuous and noncontinuous loads, receptacle loads, lighting loads, appliance circuits, multiwire branch circuits, conductor identification, overcurrent protection, voltage limitations, and requirements for specific occupancies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor preparation may involve full-load current, conductor sizing, feeder sizing, overload protection, short-circuit and ground-fault protection, controllers, disconnects, duty ratings, multimotor installations, and the correct use of NEC motor tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransformer preparation may include primary and secondary conductor sizing, overcurrent protection, grounding and bonding, separately derived systems, secondary-system calculations, ventilation, accessibility, clearances, and transformer installations within buildings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrounding and bonding preparation should include grounding electrode systems, service bonding, separately derived systems, equipment grounding conductors, bonding jumpers, raceway bonding, structural metal, metal piping, objectionable current, and effective ground-fault current paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaceway and conductor questions may address raceway fill, conductor adjustment, ambient-temperature correction, terminal limitations, conductor insulation, physical protection, support, bends, cable trays, underground installations, pull boxes, junction boxes, and conductor-pulling requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOvercurrent-protection preparation may include standard fuse and circuit-breaker ratings, conductor protection, transformer protection, tap conductors, motor circuits, selective coordination, interrupting ratings, series ratings, equipment protection, and permitted exceptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecial-system preparation may involve emergency systems, legally required standby systems, optional standby systems, generators, fire pumps, healthcare facilities, hazardous locations, marinas, swimming pools, photovoltaic systems, energy storage systems, and electric vehicle charging equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFire alarm preparation may include fire alarm control units, initiating devices, notification appliances, supervising stations, emergency communications, signaling line circuits, notification appliance circuits, system power supplies, batteries, inspection, testing, maintenance, and documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan-reading preparation may involve lighting plans, power plans, one-line diagrams, riser diagrams, panel schedules, symbols, feeder routes, conductor callouts, motor connections, equipment ratings, installation notes, and specifications. Candidates should practice connecting information shown on a plan to the applicable NEC requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBusiness and law preparation may involve contracts, estimating, bidding, project scheduling, financial controls, employment practices, insurance, safety programs, recordkeeping, permits, inspections, license use, supervision, and the responsibilities of the listed qualified individual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eOpen Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina Unlimited Electrical Contractor examination is an open-book test. Candidates may use the approved 2020 National Electrical Code and NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2019 Edition, during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2020 NEC supports examination questions involving electrical installations, calculations, services, feeders, branch circuits, motors, transformers, generators, grounding, bonding, conductor sizing, raceways, overcurrent protection, emergency systems, special occupancies, and special equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNFPA 72, 2019 Edition, supports preparation involving fire alarm fundamentals, initiating devices, notification appliances, supervising stations, emergency communications, pathways, system power, inspection, testing, maintenance, and documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electrical Contractors Licensing Law, Board rules, and NASCLA business reference are part of the course study material but are not permitted in the examination room. Candidates should study these subjects until they can answer licensing and business questions without relying on the books during the test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis course does not include the 2020 NEC, NFPA 72, licensing law, Board rules, NASCLA business reference, or lighting and power plans. Candidates are responsible for obtaining the references and materials needed for study and test-day use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved exam-room references must comply with current rules involving binding, highlighting, notes, tabs, and added materials. Candidates should review the current testing requirements before taking books to the PSI examination center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-book testing does not eliminate the need to understand the material. Candidates must know which reference applies, where the subject is located, how exceptions affect the general rule, and which values must be used in a calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA motor-feeder problem may require several NEC sections and tables. A transformer problem may involve primary protection, secondary conductors, grounding, bonding, and separately derived system provisions. A fire alarm question may require both the NEC and NFPA 72.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference-navigation practice should include the index, table of contents, definitions, article and chapter layouts, tables, annex material, exceptions, and cross-references. The goal is to move directly to the relevant provision instead of searching through unrelated material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTimed practice is essential for a 100-question examination. Candidates should develop a consistent process: identify the topic, choose the proper reference, locate the governing rule, review the complete provision, check exceptions, perform the calculation, and select the best answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReview the Unlimited classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Understand the authority, qualifications, financial responsibilities, and supervisory obligations associated with the license.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocument qualifying experience.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gather employment records, project information, and experience statements showing the required electrical experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObtain supervisory statements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure statements from individuals familiar with the applicant’s ability to supervise and direct electrical wiring and installation work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the examination application.\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide the personal, employment, experience, and background information requested by the Board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubmit supporting documentation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Include experience verification, supervisory statements, character references, and other required materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubmit the examination fee.\u003c\/strong\u003e Include the applicable payment with the completed application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive Board approval.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Board reviews the application and determines whether the candidate meets the Unlimited examination qualifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination authorization.\u003c\/strong\u003e Approved candidates receive information needed to register and schedule with PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule the PSI examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Select an available testing appointment within the authorized examination period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObtain the required references.\u003c\/strong\u003e Purchase or otherwise obtain the approved technical books, closed-book study references, and required plans separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the online course.\u003c\/strong\u003e Work through the technical, calculation, plan-reading, licensing, and business subjects in an organized sequence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractice reference navigation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the same approved technical references that will be taken to the examination center.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the examination.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bring the required identification and permitted materials to the PSI testing center.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the licensing process.\u003c\/strong\u003e After passing, satisfy the Board’s remaining business, financial, and listed qualified individual requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the license.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow current renewal, continuing education, financial responsibility, supervision, and compliance requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina State Board of Examiners of Electrical Contractors regulates the Unlimited examination and licensing process. The Board establishes applicant qualifications, reviews experience, authorizes candidates, certifies qualified individuals, issues licenses, and enforces electrical contracting laws and rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn applicant for the Unlimited classification must document at least 9,000 hours of qualifying experience. At least 8,000 hours must be primary experience. The remaining experience may consist of primary experience, secondary experience, or a combination of both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary experience generally involves direct work installing electrical wiring and equipment governed by the NEC or work activities directly related to those installations. Recognized experience may also include qualifying supervisory, estimating, inspection, engineering, instructional, maintenance, military, and other approved electrical work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlimited applicants must provide statements from people familiar with their electrical experience and ability to supervise and direct electrical wiring and installation work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Unlimited license permits electrical contracting projects regardless of project value. Unlike the Limited and Intermediate classifications, it does not impose a maximum dollar value on an individual electrical contracting project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lack of a project-value ceiling does not remove the obligation to comply with the National Electrical Code, state construction requirements, permits, inspections, occupational safety rules, contract terms, and other laws governing electrical work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrical contracting must be conducted in the exact name shown on the active license. The licensed entity must maintain a listed qualified individual who is regularly on active duty and has the authority and responsibility to supervise and direct the electrical contracting performed under the license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplicants for an Unlimited license must provide the financial responsibility or bonding documentation required by the Board. The documentation must relate to the license applicant and satisfy the requirements for the Unlimited classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePassing the examination establishes the individual’s examination qualification but does not independently authorize electrical contracting. The appropriate license must be issued and active before regulated electrical work is offered or performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLicense holders must continue complying with Board requirements after licensing. Misuse of a license, false advertising, fraud, misrepresentation, gross negligence, or unlicensed contracting may lead to disciplinary action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Code, NEC, 2020\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis technical examination reference covers services, feeders, branch circuits, motors, transformers, generators, grounding, bonding, raceways, conductor sizing, overcurrent protection, emergency systems, special occupancies, and electrical equipment. The book is not included with the course.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2019 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis technical examination reference covers fire alarm fundamentals, initiating devices, notification appliances, supervising stations, emergency communications, pathways, power supplies, documentation, inspection, testing, and maintenance. The book is not included with the course.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectrical Contractors Licensing Law, General Statutes Chapter 87, Article 4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference addresses Board authority, electrical contracting, license classifications, qualified individuals, license operation, prohibited conduct, enforcement, and statutory responsibilities. It is not included with the course or allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Board’s Rules for the Implementation of the Electrical Contractors Licensing Law, Title 21, North Carolina Administrative Code, Chapter 18B\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference covers examination qualifications, experience requirements, licensing procedures, listed qualified individuals, financial responsibility, renewals, continuing education, and disciplinary requirements. It is not included with the course or allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNASCLA Contractors’ Guide to Business, Law, and Project Management: North Carolina Electrical Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis closed-book study reference supports preparation involving business organization, contracts, estimating, financial management, project scheduling, employment practices, safety, insurance, recordkeeping, and risk management. It is not included with the course or allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Room Approved Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Code, NEC, 2020\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUsed for open-book questions involving electrical installations, calculations, conductors, services, feeders, motors, transformers, grounding, bonding, overcurrent protection, and special systems. This book must be obtained separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2019 Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUsed for open-book questions involving fire alarm systems, initiating devices, notification appliances, pathways, power supplies, inspection, testing, maintenance, and documentation. This book must be obtained separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate a study schedule covering services, feeders, branch circuits, motors, transformers, grounding, bonding, conductor sizing, overcurrent protection, fire alarm systems, emergency systems, special occupancies, electrical plans, licensing law, Board rules, and business practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice service, feeder, dwelling, commercial, motor, transformer, grounding, raceway, box-fill, and voltage-drop calculations. Write out each step and identify the NEC table, percentage, demand factor, or rule used to reach the answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the 2020 NEC for timed navigation involving conductor ampacity, adjustment factors, correction factors, motor circuits, transformer protection, raceway fill, box sizing, grounding conductors, equipment ratings, and special-system requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse NFPA 72, 2019 Edition, to review fire alarm system operation, pathways, initiating devices, notification appliances, supervising stations, emergency communications, testing, inspection, maintenance, and documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice reading lighting plans, power plans, panel schedules, one-line diagrams, risers, symbols, equipment notes, conductor callouts, and circuit information. Connect each plan detail to the applicable Code provision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudy the licensing law and Board rules as closed-book subjects. Focus on Unlimited experience requirements, supervisory statements, listed qualified individuals, license operation, financial responsibility, renewals, and prohibited conduct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReview the NASCLA business reference for contracts, estimating, bidding, scheduling, accounting, employment practices, insurance, safety administration, project documentation, and risk management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep helps North Carolina Unlimited Electrical Contractor candidates organize technical, calculation, plan-reading, licensing, and business subjects into a practical online study structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade-focused review connects NEC requirements with electrical contracting work involving services, feeders, motors, transformers, generators, grounding, bonding, overcurrent protection, fire alarm systems, and special installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented preparation helps candidates identify the subject of a question, choose the correct reference, locate the governing provision, complete the required calculation, and interpret the result efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReference-navigation guidance helps students become familiar with NEC articles, NFPA 72 chapters, definitions, tables, exceptions, annexes, and cross-references. This familiarity supports more effective use of the approved books during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan-reading preparation reinforces the interpretation of symbols, panel schedules, riser diagrams, equipment notes, feeder routes, and conductor callouts while connecting plan information to applicable Code provisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClosed-book review helps candidates prepare for Electrical Contractors Licensing Law, Board rules, Unlimited experience requirements, supervisory responsibilities, financial requirements, and business-management topics that cannot be referenced during the test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe online format allows candidates to follow an organized preparation path while using their separately purchased books for reference practice. Repeated review can help turn a large examination outline into manageable technical and regulatory subjects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo course can guarantee examination passage or license issuance. Results depend on the candidate’s experience, qualifications, study effort, familiarity with the references, calculation skills, plan-reading ability, supervisory knowledge, and performance during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre books included with this online course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product includes online exam preparation only. The NEC, NFPA 72, licensing references, business reference, and required plans must be obtained separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books are used with the course?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe course preparation is based on the 2020 NEC, NFPA 72 2019 Edition, Electrical Contractors Licensing Law, the Board’s electrical contracting rules, and the NASCLA Contractors’ Guide to Business, Law, and Project Management: North Carolina Electrical Edition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the North Carolina Unlimited examination open book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Candidates may use the approved 2020 NEC and NFPA 72, 2019 Edition, during the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eAre the licensing law, Board rules, and NASCLA book allowed during the exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These references are used for closed-book preparation and are not allowed in the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow many questions are on the Unlimited examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination contains 100 multiple-choice questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much time is allowed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates have a maximum of six hours to complete the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat score is required to pass?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum score of 70 percent is required to pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much experience is required?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplicants must document at least 9,000 hours of qualifying experience, including at least 8,000 hours of primary experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course cover calculations?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe preparation includes calculation-focused study involving services, feeders, conductors, motors, transformers, grounding, raceways, boxes, electrical loads, and voltage drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the course cover electrical plans?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe preparation addresses the interpretation of lighting plans, power plans, panel schedules, riser diagrams, symbols, equipment information, and installation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs there a project-value limit for the Unlimited license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Unlimited classification permits electrical contracting projects regardless of project value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes passing the examination automatically issue the license?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Passing satisfies the examination requirement, but the applicant must complete the Board’s licensing process and meet the applicable business, financial, and listed qualified individual requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes this course guarantee a passing score?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Examination results depend on the candidate’s experience, study effort, understanding of the material, reference-navigation ability, calculation skills, and performance during the test.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3266296152090,"sku":"644922-A","price":295.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2026_NEW_PRODUCTS-5-NC-UNLIMITED-ELECTRICAL-COURSE.jpg?v=1774538295"},{"product_id":"nevada-c-4a-painting-contractor-online-course","title":"Nevada C-4a Painting Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eNevada C-4A Painting Contractor - Online Exam Prep Course\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor examination with an online exam prep course focused on painting materials, surface preparation, application methods, tools, safety practices, coating problems, color principles, and the practical trade knowledge associated with this Nevada specialty contractor classification. The course provides a structured way to study the major examination subjects while developing the recall and problem-solving skills needed for a closed-book test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor classification is regulated by the Nevada State Contractors Board. The classification covers the application of paints, varnishes, protective coatings, shellacs, stains, and other pigments by brush, spray, or roller. Candidates preparing for the C-4A license should understand a variety of coating materials, preparation methods, application techniques, tools, and safety procedures rather than focusing only on basic interior or exterior painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical study references for the C-4A examination are Painting \u0026amp; Decorating Craftsman's Manual and Textbook, Eighth Edition, 1995 and Code of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA). These books support preparation for painting materials, coating systems, surface preparation, application procedures, tools, safety, color, and common painting problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-4A trade examination is a \u003cstrong\u003eclosed-book examination\u003c\/strong\u003e. The technical study references cannot be used inside the examination room. Candidates should therefore prepare by developing strong familiarity with painting procedures, coating materials, surface conditions, application methods, safety practices, and troubleshooting concepts before testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnline preparation allows candidates to organize study around the individual examination categories instead of treating the entire painting trade as one broad subject. Materials, Surface Preparation, Application, Tools, Problems and Prevention, Safety, and Color can each receive focused review based on their importance to the examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe online format also makes it possible to revisit difficult topics, work through practice-oriented review, and concentrate on weaker areas. Candidates who already have strong application experience can spend additional time on materials or safety, while others may need more review of surface preparation, coating problems, or color principles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eExam Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor trade examination is administered through PSI for candidates who receive examination eligibility through the Nevada State Contractors Board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Questions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTime Allowed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Passing Score:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 correct answers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesting Provider:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-4A examination content is divided into seven technical subject areas:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTools:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProblems and Prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials, Surface Preparation, and Application are the three largest categories, with six questions each. Together, these sections account for 18 of the 30 examination questions, making them especially important during preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials\u003c\/strong\u003e preparation should include paints, primers, stains, varnishes, shellacs, protective coatings, solvents, thinners, and other products commonly used in painting and decorating work. Candidates should understand how different products are selected based on the surface, desired finish, application method, and project conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Preparation\u003c\/strong\u003e is a major part of professional painting and a major part of the examination. Candidates should review cleaning, scraping, sanding, patching, priming, removal of loose material, treatment of previously coated surfaces, and the steps used to prepare different substrates before applying a finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e preparation should include brushing, rolling, spraying, coating sequence, proper coverage, film consistency, working conditions, and practical methods used to apply paints, stains, varnishes, and protective coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTools\u003c\/strong\u003e contains four questions. Candidates should become familiar with brushes, rollers, spray equipment, scrapers, sanding tools, ladders, surface-preparation tools, and other equipment used throughout painting projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e also contains four questions. Study should include personal protective equipment, ladders, scaffolds, fall hazards, ventilation, respiratory protection, flammable materials, tools, and other construction-safety considerations associated with painting and coating work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProblems and Prevention\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e each contain two questions. These are smaller sections, but they should still be reviewed because every question contributes to the required passing score.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eClosed Book Test\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor trade examination is a \u003cstrong\u003eclosed-book test\u003c\/strong\u003e. The technical references are used for preparation but are not allowed into the examination center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe study references are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePainting \u0026amp; Decorating Craftsman's Manual and Textbook, Eighth Edition, 1995\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the books cannot be used during testing, candidates should study for understanding and recall rather than page-location memorization. The goal is to recognize correct materials, preparation procedures, application methods, tools, safety requirements, and troubleshooting practices without needing to look them up during the exam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePainting preparation should connect materials with their proper applications. Candidates should understand why a certain primer, paint, stain, varnish, or protective coating is selected and how substrate condition and preparation influence the finished result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSurface-preparation knowledge should become especially familiar before examination day. Cleaning, scraping, sanding, patching, priming, and treatment of existing coatings can directly affect adhesion, appearance, durability, and overall coating performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApplication methods should be understood from a practical perspective. Brush, roller, and spray techniques each involve different tools, preparation requirements, handling considerations, and workmanship concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSafety information from OSHA must also be learned in advance because the regulation book is not available during the closed-book test. Candidates should understand safe use of ladders and scaffolds, personal protective equipment, ventilation, respiratory protection, tools, and the handling of coatings, solvents, and other potentially hazardous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented study is especially useful for a closed-book examination. Candidates should use practice questions to determine whether they understand the trade concepts well enough to recall them without a reference. Missed questions should be reviewed by subject so study time can be directed toward the areas that need the most improvement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eLicensing Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada State Contractors Board regulates licensing for the C-4A Painting Contractor classification. Passing the trade examination is one part of the complete contractor licensing process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm the C-4A classification.\u003c\/strong\u003e Determine that Painting Contractor matches the type of contracting work the business intends to perform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the qualifying individual.\u003c\/strong\u003e Designate the person who will satisfy the applicable experience and trade qualification requirements for the business.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocument qualifying experience.\u003c\/strong\u003e Prepare records demonstrating appropriate painting and coating experience in the requested classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the Nevada contractor license application.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gather the required business, qualifier, experience, financial, and supporting information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubmit the application to the Nevada State Contractors Board.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Board reviews the application before examination eligibility is issued.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete applicable background requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow the fingerprint and background procedures required during the Nevada contractor licensing process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProvide applicable financial information.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nevada evaluates financial responsibility as part of contractor licensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive examination eligibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Eligible candidates may proceed with required testing after the applicable qualifications are reviewed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule the C-4A examination through PSI.\u003c\/strong\u003e Arrange the Painting Contractor trade examination after authorization is issued.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare for the closed-book trade exam.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review Materials, Surface Preparation, Application, Tools, Problems and Prevention, Safety, and Color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare for Nevada Business and Law.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nevada contractor applicants generally must also satisfy the Contractor Management Survey Business and Law requirement unless an applicable waiver is approved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete required examinations.\u003c\/strong\u003e Meet the applicable trade and management qualification requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete final licensing requirements.\u003c\/strong\u003e Address applicable financial responsibility, bonding, and remaining Nevada State Contractors Board requirements before license issuance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates should approach the application and examination as related but separate parts of the process. Technical preparation helps with the C-4A trade exam, while organized documentation supports the experience and application requirements of Nevada contractor licensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eState Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor classification is a specialty contractor classification focused on painting and coating work. Contractors should understand the authorized scope of the classification and perform work that falls within the license held by the business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-4A scope includes the application of paints, varnishes, protective coatings, shellacs, stains, and other pigments. These materials may be applied by brush, spray, or roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe classification therefore involves more than conventional painting. Candidates should understand multiple coating types and application methods, including the relationship between product selection, surface condition, preparation, application technique, and the desired finished result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSurface preparation is an important part of painting work because coating performance depends on the condition of the substrate. Cleaning, scraping, sanding, patching, priming, and treatment of existing finishes can directly affect adhesion and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the standard Nevada contractor licensing pathway, the Trade Qualified Individual generally must have at least four years of qualifying experience as a journeyman, foreman, supervising employee, or contractor in the requested classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApplicants should maintain organized records showing the type of painting and coating work performed and the period during which the qualifying experience was gained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNevada contractor licensing uses both trade and management qualification roles. One individual may satisfy both roles when all applicable requirements are met, or separate qualified individuals may be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trade Qualified Individual establishes the required experience and trade qualification for the C-4A classification. The Management Qualified Individual generally satisfies the Nevada Business and Law requirement unless an applicable waiver is approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFinancial responsibility, background requirements, contractor bonding, and other licensing conditions are separate from the technical examination. Passing the C-4A trade exam does not by itself result in license issuance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eReference Books\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePainting \u0026amp; Decorating Craftsman's Manual and Textbook, Eighth Edition, 1995\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis study reference supports preparation involving painting materials, surface preparation, application procedures, tools, color, coating problems, prevention methods, and practical painting and decorating knowledge. This book is not allowed into the closed-book C-4A trade examination.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis study reference supports construction-safety preparation involving ladders, scaffolds, personal protective equipment, fall hazards, respiratory concerns, ventilation, tools, and other jobsite safety topics. This reference is not allowed into the closed-book C-4A trade examination.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Painting \u0026amp; Decorating Craftsman's Manual should be used to develop a complete understanding of painting and coating work. Candidates can connect materials with surface preparation, application methods, tools, color, troubleshooting, and finished coating performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOSHA preparation should focus on recognizing safe work practices. Painting contractors may work from ladders or scaffolds, operate spray equipment, use powered tools, and handle coatings, solvents, or other materials that require appropriate safety precautions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause both technical references are excluded from the examination center, repeated review and active recall are important. Candidates should be able to recognize proper procedures and material applications without relying on the books during testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eTest Information and Study Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA productive Nevada C-4A study plan should reflect both the examination weighting and the closed-book format. Candidates should devote substantial preparation time to Materials, Surface Preparation, and Application because these three categories account for most of the trade examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrioritize Materials.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review paints, primers, stains, varnishes, shellacs, protective coatings, solvents, thinners, and other products used in painting work. Understand why a particular material is selected for a given surface and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStudy Surface Preparation thoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e Review cleaning, scraping, sanding, patching, priming, treatment of previous coatings, and preparation of different substrates. Learn how preparation affects adhesion, appearance, and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReview Application methods.\u003c\/strong\u003e Study brushing, rolling, spraying, coating sequence, coverage, consistency, and practical workmanship considerations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the Tools.\u003c\/strong\u003e Become familiar with brushes, rollers, spray equipment, scrapers, sanding tools, ladders, and other equipment used throughout preparation and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare Safety for recall.\u003c\/strong\u003e OSHA cannot be used during testing. Review ladders, scaffolds, PPE, fall protection, ventilation, respiratory concerns, tools, and safe handling of coatings and related materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReview Problems and Prevention.\u003c\/strong\u003e Study common coating failures and the conditions that can cause them. Understanding the cause of a problem can make prevention and troubleshooting questions easier to answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReview Color concepts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Although Color is a smaller exam category, candidates should still understand basic color relationships and practical considerations involved in painting work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse active recall.\u003c\/strong\u003e After reviewing a topic, close the study book and explain the material or procedure from memory. This helps prepare for the closed-book test environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReview missed practice questions by category.\u003c\/strong\u003e If mistakes repeatedly occur in Surface Preparation, Materials, Safety, or another area, direct additional study toward that subject instead of repeating the entire course without focus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractice under timed conditions.\u003c\/strong\u003e Candidates have one hour for 30 questions. Timed practice can help establish a consistent pace and build confidence answering without reference books.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow 1 Exam Prep Helps You Reach Your Goal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e1 Exam Prep supports Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor candidates through organized study guidance, trade-focused review, practice-oriented preparation, closed-book exam study, and confidence-building preparation structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe online course helps candidates break the examination into manageable categories. Materials, Surface Preparation, Application, Tools, Problems and Prevention, Safety, and Color can each receive focused attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTrade-focused preparation helps candidates understand the relationship between substrate preparation, product selection, application methods, tools, safety, and finished coating performance. This creates a more useful study foundation than memorizing isolated terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented review helps candidates apply what they study. Exam-style questions can reveal whether additional work is needed in materials, preparation, application, tools, safety, troubleshooting, or color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe closed-book format makes active recall particularly important. 1 Exam Prep helps candidates structure preparation around understanding and retention so technical knowledge can be applied without relying on a reference during testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe online format also allows candidates to revisit difficult topics as needed. Someone who is experienced with brush and roller application but weaker in protective coatings can focus more heavily on materials, while another candidate may need additional review of safety or surface preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePractice-oriented study can also help candidates recognize how multiple trade concepts connect in a single question. A coating problem may involve both material selection and preparation, while a safety question may involve tools, ladders, or spray application conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBy combining organized online study, painting trade review, practice-oriented preparation, safety study, and closed-book recall strategies, 1 Exam Prep provides a structured preparation path for professionals pursuing the Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eIs the Nevada C-4A Painting Contractor exam closed book?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The C-4A trade examination is closed book. The Painting \u0026amp; Decorating Craftsman's Manual and OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926 are study references and are not permitted in the examination room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow many questions are on the Nevada C-4A exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-4A Painting Contractor examination contains 30 questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow much time is allowed for the C-4A exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandidates have one hour to complete the trade examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat score is required to pass the C-4A exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum passing score is 21 correct answers out of 30 questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat subjects are covered on the C-4A exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe examination covers Materials, Surface Preparation, Application, Tools, Problems and Prevention, Safety, and Color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat are the largest sections of the C-4A examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials, Surface Preparation, and Application are the three largest categories, with six questions each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhich books should I study for the Nevada C-4A exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical study references are Painting \u0026amp; Decorating Craftsman's Manual and Textbook, Eighth Edition, 1995 and Code of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eCan I take the painting manual into the exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Painting \u0026amp; Decorating Craftsman's Manual and Textbook is a study reference and is not allowed into the closed-book C-4A examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eCan I take OSHA into the C-4A examination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926 is used for safety preparation but is not allowed into the C-4A trade examination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhat work does the Nevada C-4A classification cover?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe classification covers application of paints, varnishes, protective coatings, shellacs, stains, and other pigments by brush, spray, or roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eWhy is Surface Preparation important for the C-4A exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSurface Preparation is one of the largest examination categories. Candidates should understand cleaning, scraping, sanding, patching, priming, and preparation of different substrates before coatings are applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes the examination include safety questions?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Safety is a dedicated examination category. Candidates should study OSHA-related painting and construction safety before testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eDoes Nevada also require Business and Law?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNevada contractor applicants generally must satisfy the Contractor Management Survey Business and Law requirement unless an applicable examination waiver is approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow should I prepare for a closed-book painting exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStudy for understanding and recall, work through practice-oriented questions, review missed topics, connect materials with preparation and application procedures, and practice answering under timed conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"color: #d32f2f;\"\u003eHow does online exam prep help with the Nevada C-4A exam?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnline preparation allows candidates to study each examination category separately, repeat difficult topics, practice exam-style questions, and focus additional time on areas that need improvement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3339219992602,"sku":"13964797-A","price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/1EXAM-THUMBNAILS-2026-13-NV-PAINTING-COURSE.jpg?v=1772233633"},{"product_id":"nrca-roofing-manual-architectural-metal-flashing-condensation-and-air-leakage-control-2026","title":"NRCA Roofing Manual: Architectural Metal Flashing and Condensation and Air Leakage Control, 2026","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align: center; color: #000;\"\u003eNRCA ROOFING MANUAL: ARCHITECTURAL METAL FLASHING AND CONDENSATION AND AIR LEAKAGE CONTROL, 2026\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eThe \u003cem\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Architectural Metal Flashing and Condensation and Air Leakage Control,\u003c\/em\u003e published by the National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA), serves as an authoritative reference for roofing professionals preparing for contractor licensing and certification exams offered through 1 Exam Prep. This volume focuses on design and installation standards for architectural sheet metal, flashing details, moisture management, and air barrier integration as required by the International Building Code (IBC) and ASHRAE standards. It is an essential text for those seeking a Florida Roofing Contractor License, Sheet Metal Contractor License, or related trade certification. The manual supports the Florida Construction Industry Licensing Board (CILB) exam by providing detailed guidance on roof system interfaces, metal edge conditions, and condensation control, aligning with current NRCA specifications and industry best practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Architectural Metal Flashing Condensation and Air Leakage Control, 2026\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest volume of the NRCA Roofing Manual provides you with valuable information about the design, materials and installation techniques applicable to architectural sheet-metal components and condensation and air leakage control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe new manual includes 61 construction details and provides background information regarding moisture and air leakage issues in buildings such as ventilation for steep-slope roof assemblies and condensation control for low-slope roof systems. The appendixes include information about climatic design, considerations for lightning-protection systems and NRCA's technical directory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NRCA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3482436370458,"sku":"3482436370458","price":199.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/roofing-manual-2026_02eca9d3-7fc9-4e22-86c4-6be65f3f7ce3.jpg?v=1772034949"},{"product_id":"nfpa-70-national-electrical-code-nec-softbound-2017-edition","title":"NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) Softbound, 2017 Edition","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 70: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) SOFTBOUND, 2017 EDITION\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) Softbound, 2017 Edition, published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), is the primary electrical standard adopted in most U.S. jurisdictions for safe electrical design, installation, and inspection. Utilized by contractors, electricians, and inspectors, this edition outlines critical updates in wiring methods, grounding, overcurrent protection, and renewable energy systems. As part of 1 Exam Prep’s electrical contractor study program, the NEC 2017 serves as an essential reference for Florida DBPR and CILB electrical licensing exams, as well as NASCLA and state electrical contractor test preparation. It supports candidates seeking certification for residential, commercial, and industrial electrical work by ensuring full code compliance and up-to-date trade knowledge required for exam success.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNFPA 70: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) SOFTBOUND, 2017 EDITION\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHundreds of changes in the 2017 edition\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNEC®\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ebring you up-to-code and ready to address new sources of electrical power.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThroughout the United States and around the world,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 70®: National Electrical Code® (NEC)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esets the foundation for electrical safety in residential, commercial, and industrial occupancies. The 2017 edition of this trusted Code presents the latest comprehensive regulations for electrical wiring, overcurrent protection, grounding, and installation of equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 70: NEC\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehas been published since 1897, and a rigorous process of review keeps it up-to-date with new technologies. In fact, more than 4,000 public inputs and 1,500 comments went into the 2017\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNEC\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ealone. Hundreds of updates and five all-new articles pave the way to a safe and efficient electrical future.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMajor additions reflect the continuing growth in renewable power technology.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe newest\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNEC\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eaddresses the advancement of privately owned wind and solar power generation and distribution equipment -- including coverage of higher voltage systems that were once only the utilities' domain. The new consumer role is a major factor in energy decentralization, and expanded\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNEC\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecoverage is vital for designers, engineers, contractors, and AHJs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-Scale Photovoltaic (PV) Electric Power Production Facility (New Article 691) covers systems that produce at least 5 megawatts (MW) of power, or enough to power 800+ U.S. homes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Storage Systems (New Article 706) governs ESS installation, disconnection, shutdown, and safety labeling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand-Alone Systems (New Article 710) covers power production sources that are not connected to the grid, including PV and wind-powered systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Current Microgrids (New Article 712) concerns independent energy distribution networks that allow the utilization of power from dc sources to direct-current loads. Microgrids are on the rise worldwide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNEC\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erevisions protect the public and workers from deadly hazards.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew labeling, such as detailed arc flash hazard warning on equipment, helps workers and supervisors assess electrical risks\u003cem\u003e.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew minimum space clearances for equipment installation clarify the safeguards needed to protect installers and maintainers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed Resistance and Electrode Industrial Process Heating Equipment (New Article 425) presents needed regulations for industry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRevised provisions for AFCI and GFCI protection improve electrical and fire safety in homes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBe prepared to protect lives and property in the ever-changing electrical landscape. Order the 2017\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNational Electrical Code.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork with the latest requirements governing public and private buildings, homes, and structures; outdoor yards and lots; utility equipment; installations that connect to the power grid; and consumer-owned power generation systems and equipment. The 2017\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNEC\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis better aligned with the safe work practices in\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eNFPA 70E®\u003c\/em\u003e:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eStandard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace®.\u003c\/em\u003e(Softbound, 888 pp., 2017)\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3495947829274,"sku":"9781455912797","price":157.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/NEC.jpg?v=1578776326"},{"product_id":"national-electrical-code-2011-handbook","title":"NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) Handbook, 2011","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) Handbook, 2011\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe \u003cem\u003eNFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) Handbook, 2011 Edition\u003c\/em\u003e is an essential reference published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and utilized in electrical contractor and journeyman exam preparation through 1 Exam Prep. This handbook provides the complete 2011 NEC text, annotated explanations, and application examples for compliance with the National Electrical Code, which governs safe installation and inspection of electrical wiring and equipment across the United States. Aligned with CILB and DBPR standards for Florida electrical licensing, the handbook supports candidates preparing for state and county electrical contractor exams by covering grounding, overcurrent protection, wiring methods, and code calculations required for the licensing process. It is a key text in 1 Exam Prep’s electrical course library, supporting both residential and commercial code comprehension for master and journeyman electrician certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNational Electrical Code 2011 Handbook\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSafe, efficient, code-compliant electrical installations are made simple with the latest publication of this widely popular resource. Like its highly successful previous editions, the \u003cem\u003eNEC 2011 Handbook\u003c\/em\u003e combines solid, thorough, research-based content with the tools you need to build an in-depth understanding of the most important topics. It provides the full text of the updated code regulations alongside expert commentary from code specialists, offering code rationale, clarifications for new and updated rules, and practical, real-world advice on how to apply the code. New to the 2011 edition are articles including first-time Article 399 on October, Overhead Conductors with over 600 volts, first-time Article 694 on Small Wind Electric Systems, first-time Article 840 on Premises Powered Broadband Communications Systems, and more. This winning combination has created a valuable reference for those in or entering careers in electrical design, installation, inspection, and safety.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NFPA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":3498515955738,"sku":"9780877659167","price":293.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/2011_National_Electrical_Code_Handbook.jpg?v=1527103717"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-roofing-pre-printed-tabs","title":"North Carolina Roofing Contractor Exam; Pre-Printed Tabs","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNorth Carolina Roofing Contractor Exam; Pre-Printed Tabs\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe North Carolina Roofing Contractor Exam Pre-Printed Tabs, available from 1 Exam Prep, are designed for candidates preparing for the North Carolina Roofing Contractor licensing examination administered by PSI under the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors (NCLBGC). These durable, color-coded adhesive tabs correspond to the official reference books approved for the roofing trade exam, including the International Building Code (IBC), OSHA Construction Industry Regulations, and the Roofing Construction and Estimating Manual. Each tab is pre-labeled to align with PSI’s open-book testing format, allowing candidates to easily access essential topics such as roofing materials, installation methods, structural requirements, and safety standards. Created to improve code navigation and testing efficiency, the North Carolina Roofing Contractor tab set ensures compliance with state licensing guidelines and supports contractors in efficiently locating key information during the open-book examination process.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePre printed tabs for the following books:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNorth Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, with latest available amendments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNorth Carolina State Building Code, 2018\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContractor’s Guide to Business, Law and Project Management - North Carolina General Contractors Edition, 10th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNorth Carolina State Building Code: Administrative Code and Policies, 2018\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Steep Slope Roof Systems, 2025\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Metal Panel and SPF Roof Systems, 2024\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roofing Systems, 2023\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cspan size=\"3\" color=\"black\" style=\"color: #fd0b0b; font-size: medium;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan size=\"3\" color=\"black\" style=\"color: #fd0b0b; font-size: medium;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff2a00\"\u003eNOTE: TABS ONLY. NO HIGHLIGHTS FOR THE BOOKS ARE INCLUDED\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":7167891374137,"sku":"1110000125229","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/files\/2026NEWPRODUCTS-67-NC-ROOFING-TABS.jpg?v=1772662002"},{"product_id":"pre-printed-tabs-for-north-carolina-nascla-exam-book-package-tabs-only","title":"North Carolina NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam; Pre-Printed Tabs","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align: center; color: #000;\"\u003eNorth Carolina NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam; Pre-Printed Tabs\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eThe North Carolina NASCLA Commercial General Building Contractor Exam Pre-Printed Tabs, provided by 1 Exam Prep, are specifically designed for candidates preparing for the NASCLA Accredited Commercial General Building Contractor examination administered by PSI and approved by the North Carolina Licensing Board for General Contractors (NCLBGC). These durable, color-coded adhesive tabs correspond to all NASCLA-authorized reference books, including the International Building Code (IBC), OSHA Construction Industry Regulations, and the NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management. Each tab is pre-labeled according to PSI’s open-book exam structure, allowing for efficient navigation of key code provisions and reference materials during testing. Created to enhance accuracy and speed, this tab set ensures full compliance with North Carolina contractor examination requirements and supports successful preparation for the NASCLA-accredited Commercial General Building Contractor license.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur quick reference are tabs printed with the chapter titles and other important sections to help you quickly and easily navigate through the book during your exam. Pre-printed tabs are for the following books:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNorth Carolina NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business Law and Project Management \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e*required for the business and law exam\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction Jobsite Management, 5th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction Project Management, 5th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eACI 318-19: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBCSI: Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining, and Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses, 2025\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNASCLA Contractors' Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, Basic 14th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErectors' Manual - Standards and Guidelines for the Erection of Pre Cast Concrete Products, 1999, 2nd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraining and Certification of Field Personnel for Unbonded Post-Tensioning - Level 1 Field Fundamentals, 2003, 3rd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSDI (Steel Deck Institute) Manual of Construction with Steel Deck, 2016, 3rd Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and Excavation Contracting, 2011, Dave Roberts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGypsum Construction Handbook, 7th edition, 2014\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing Reinforcing Bars, Recommended Practices, 10th edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTechnical Digest No. 9 – Handling and Erection of Steel Joists and Joist Girders, 3rd Edition, 2008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern Masonry - Brick, Block, Stone, Clois E. Kicklighter, 10th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinciples and Practices of Commercial Construction, 11th Edition, Cameron K. Andres and Ronald C. Smith\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCode of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926 (OSHA), with latest available amendments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpentry and Building Construction, 2016 (Student Edition), John L. Feirer and Mark D. Feirer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eICC A117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, 2017\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoofing Construction and Estimating, Daniel Atcheson\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Contractor's Guide to Quality Concrete Construction, 2018, 4th Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Building Fundamentals, Michael Montoya, 2011, 2nd edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternational Building Code, 2021 Edition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDeveloping Your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan - A Guide for Construction Sites\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eANSI\/EIMA 99-A-2017: Standard Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) and EIFS with Drainage, 2017\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eMechanical and Electrical Systems for Construction Managers, 4th Ed. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff1010;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff2a00\"\u003eNOTE: TABS ONLY. NO HIGHLIGHTS FOR THE BOOKS ARE INCLUDED\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"1 Exam Prep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":7227900231737,"sku":"7227900231737","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/Tabs_1f913cd4-98ad-4e5b-ad33-7cd1b6239eb1.jpg?v=1521853150"},{"product_id":"north-carolina-nascla-contractors-guide-to-business-law-and-project-management-nc-electrical-13th-edition-highlighted-tabbed","title":"North Carolina NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NC Electrical 13th Edition; Highlighted \u0026 Tabbed","description":"\u003ch1 style=\"text-align:center; color:#000;\"\u003eNorth Carolina NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NC Electrical 13th Edition; Highlighted \u0026amp; Tabbed\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp style=\"text-align:center;\"\u003eThe North Carolina NASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, NC Electrical 13th Edition; Highlighted \u0026amp; Tabbed, available from 1 Exam Prep, is the officially approved reference manual for the North Carolina Electrical Contractor licensing examinations administered by PSI under the authority of the North Carolina State Board of Examiners of Electrical Contractors (NCBEEC). Developed by the National Association of State Contractors Licensing Agencies (NASCLA), this guide provides comprehensive coverage of business organization, financial management, contracts, estimating, lien laws, safety, and state-specific licensing regulations relevant to electrical contractors. The 1 Exam Prep edition comes pre-highlighted and tabbed for alignment with PSI’s open-book exam format, allowing candidates to efficiently locate critical information during testing. This publication is essential for electricians and electrical contractors pursuing state licensure, ensuring full compliance with North Carolina’s construction law and business management requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #f71010;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease allow 7 - 10 business days for delivery as this is a special order product.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOur tabbed and highlighted exam ready books are skillfully tabbed and highlighted by professionals. Your book will come affixed with permanent quick reference tabs printed with the chapter titles and other important sections to help you quickly and easily navigate through the book during your exam. Key areas will already\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ebe vibrantly highlighted so you know what subjects are relevant while saving time preparing for your exam. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNASCLA Contractors Guide to Business, Law and Project Management, North Carolina Electrical 13th Edition is organized into 3 sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart 1 focuses on planning and starting your business. This section will help you formulate a business plan, choose a business structure, understand licensing and insurance requirements and gain basic management and marketing skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart 2 covers fundamentals you will need to know in order to operate a successful construction business. This section covers estimating, contract management, scheduling, project management, safety and environmental responsibilities, and building good relationships with employees, subcontractors, and customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart 3 provides valuable information to assist you in running the administrative functions of your business. Financial management, tax basics, and lien laws are covered. Effective management of these areas of business is vital and can cause you serious problems if you do not give them proper attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll products and company names are trademarksTM\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor registered ® trademarks and\/or copyrights of their respective holders.  Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by the respective holders.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NASCLA","offers":[{"title":"Highlighted \u0026 Tabbed Book","offer_id":45892350050361,"sku":"9781948558129-H\/T-1","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Highlighted \u0026 Tabbed Book + Flash Cards","offer_id":45892350083129,"sku":"9781948558129-H\/T-2","price":259.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1789\/0861\/products\/NCNASCLAElectrical_360x_b9950850-f6dc-4517-8047-98c802e2c114.png?v=1611155302"}],"url":"https:\/\/1examprep.com\/collections\/n.oembed?page=55","provider":"1 Exam Prep","version":"1.0","type":"link"}